Home

2015 Nissan Versa Note

Contents

1. 7 lf the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light 4 may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used For addi tional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS PRECAUTIONS ON SRS This SRS section contains important information concerning the following systems e Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear
2. EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF Push button ignition models only To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure Rapidly push the push button ignition switch three consecutive times in less than 1 5 sec onds or Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds 6 2 Incase of emergency HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH g LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash A WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message is dis played in the odometer 1 or more of your tires is significant
3. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the l button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted If you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them fa command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Make sure the command is said exactly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice f you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also press and hold the button on the st
4. When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Pull the armrest down until it rests on the seat cushion Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints headrests A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint E Indicates the seating position is equipped with a headrest Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or headrest if applicable e Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint headrest that may be integrated adjustable or non adjustable Adjustable head restraints headrests have multiple notches along the stalks to lock them in a desired adjustment position The non adjustable head restraints headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame Proper Adjustment For the adjustable type align the head restraint headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint headrest If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position If the head restraint headrest has been re moved ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in
5. Press the SEEK button M4 or PPI to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds SCAN will appear on the screen while the radio is scan tuning Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 Eighteen channels can be set for the satellite radio 6 for XM1 6 for XM2 6 for XM3 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the satellite band XM1 XM2 or XM3 using the XM button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until the preset number is updated on the display and the sound is briefly muted 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compa
6. To remove the cargo cover Remove the straps from the rear hatch Remove the edge of the cargo cover privacy cloth from the rear seatback Remove the cargo cover holders from the rear pillar DIVIDE N HIDE ADJUSTABLE FLOOR if so equipped AWARNING Do not put objects heavier than 110 Ibs 50 kg on the load floor To lower 1 om Lift and open the panel Move the load floor along the upper trim panel channels toward the rear of vehicle until it reaches the end of the slot Move the load floor along the lower trim panel channels toward the front of the ve hicle until the latches lock it into place Lift and close the panel To raise Lift and open the panel Move the load floor along the lower trim panel channels toward the rear of the vehicle until it reaches the end of the slot Move the load floor along the upper trim panel channels toward the front of the ve hicle until the latches lock it into place Lift and close the panel Instruments and controls 2 35 WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS if so equipped AWARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unat
7. Turn the VOL volume control knob power button to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume AUX button The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any stan dard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a com patible device plugged into the AUX IN Jack Pressing the AUX button repeatedly will cycle through available input sources AUX line in USB if so equipped BT AUDIO Streaming AUX line in NOTE Sources only shown in menu if they are connected and or detected DISP display button Pressing the DISP button displays song informa tion if available such as artist album track name folder name and source NOTE The DISP button only provides this infor mation in non radio modes How to use the SETUP button To select and or adjust several functions fea tures and modes that are available for your ve hicle 1 Press the SETUP button 2 Turn the TUNE MENU control knob until the desired item is selected on the menu list and then press the ENTER button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 Selecting this item allows user to adjust various audio settings Bass Adjusts the bass to the desired level Treble Adjusts the treble to the desired level Balance Adjusts the balance to the desired level Balance adjusts the sound level between the left and right sp
8. AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact disc CD player A CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD player Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely e The player may skip while driving on rough roads e The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly e Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or
9. button on the steering wheel TEXT MESSAGING AWARNING Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of Text to Speech Check local regulations before using the feature Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of some of the applications and features such as social networking and texting Check local regulations for any requirements Use the text messaging feature after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use the feature while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while using the text messaging feature pull off the road toa safe location and stop your vehicle The system allows for the sending and receiving of text messages through the vehicle interface Sending a text message 1 Press the button on the steering wheel 2 Say Phone after the tone 3 Say Send Text after the tone 4 The system will provide a list of available commands in order to determine the recipi ent of the text message Choose from the following To a name Enter Number Missed Calls Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls For more information about these options see Voice commands in this section Once a recipient is chosen the system prompts for which message to send Nine predefined messages are available as well as three
10. nsaan naaraan nrnna 0 8 Passenger compartment cece eee e ees 0 5 AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 Supplemental front impact air bag modules P 1 42 2 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag P 1 42 3 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag P 1 42 4 Front seat belts P 1 10 5 Head restraints headrests P 1 5 6 Rear seat belts P 1 10 7 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 21 8 Seat belt with pretensioner P 1 55 9 Seats P 1 2 10 Occupant classification sensor weight sensor P 1 42 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT 9 10 11 12 13 14 Engine hood P 3 24 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 22 Windshield P 8 17 Power windows P 2 36 Fuel filler door fuel filler cap fuel rec ommendation P 3 26 3 27 9 22 Door locks NISSAN Intelligent Key keys P 3 5 3 2 Mirrors side camera if so equipped P 3 30 4 14 Tire pressure P 8 30 Flat tire P 6 3 Tire chains P 8 37 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 24 Replacing bulbs P 8 25 Fog light switch if so equipped P 2 24 Front camera if so equipped P 4 14 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4 Illustrated ta
11. 9 When training Is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will announce that voice adap tation has been completed and the system is ready The VA mode will stop if The button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in VA mode The vehicle begins moving during VA mode The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the VA mode the system instructs the trainer to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phonebook transfer entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number incoming transfer entry eight pause nine three two pause seven delete all entries call seven two four zero nine phonebook delete entry next entry dial star two one seven oh yes no select missed dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on outgoing call three one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone dial eight three zero five one record name four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phonebook list names call eight oh five four one correction connect phone dial seven four oh one eight previous entry delete dial nine seven two six six call seven six three oh one go back call five six two eight zero dial six six four three seven MANUAL CONTROL While
12. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them In addition to factory installed options your ve hicle may also be equipped with additional ac cessories installed by NISSAN or by your NISSAN dealer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and or accessory See a NISSAN dealer for details concerning the particular ac cessories w
13. Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag modules Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag Rear side satellite sensor Side satellite sensor Seat belt with pretensioner 10 Front door satellite sensor driver s side shown passenger side similar NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats AWARNING To ensure proper operation of the passen ger s advanced air bag system please ob serve the following items Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Do not place heavy loads heavier than 2 2 Ib 1 kg on the seatback head restraint headrest or in the seatback pocket e Do not store luggage behind the seat that can press into the seatback Confirm the operating condition with the front passenger air bag status light If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating please take your vehicle to your NISSAN dealer to check the occupant detection system Until you have confirmed with your dealer that your passenger seat occu pant detection system is working prop erly position the occupants in the rear seating positions This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada How
14. P Park position selecting warning light if so equipped 2 NISSAN Intelligent Key warning light A CAUTION When the buzzer sounds and the warning light illuminates be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning is displayed in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or a warning is displayed be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key See the Troubleshooting guide that follows and Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Audible reminder and warning when locking the doors When the chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle check for the following The ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position The Intelligent Key is not left inside the ve hicle The shift lever is in the P Park position 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments Audible reminder and warning when the engine stops When the P position selecting warning light t P in the instrument panel illuminates red Make sure the shift lever is in the P Park position When the chime sounds intermittently Make sure th
15. Points of Interest name e POI by Category Home Address Book Previous Destinations Enter Address in Steps Cancel Route For additional information about these com mands refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual AUDIO SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access the audio system voice commands 1 Press the button 2 Say Audio 3 Speak a command from the following avail able commands Play AM FM etc Allows user to select radio band Tune AM number Allows user to tune directly to a desired AM frequency Tune FM number Allows user to tune directly to a desired FM frequency SXM channel number Allows user to tune directly to a desired SXM station if so equipped CD Track number Allows user to select track to be played Play Song name Allows user to select song name to be played Play Artist name Allows user to select artist to be played Play Album name Allows user to select album name to be played For additional information about the audio sys tem refer to Audio system in this section INFORMATION VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the information functions of the Navigation Sys tem Traffic Fuel Prices Stocks Movie Listings Current Weather Weather Map 5 day Forecast 6 hour Forecast For additional information about these com mands refer to the separate Navigation System Owne
16. The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTS
17. https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang fra French speakers Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans port Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www ic gc ca roadsafety English speak ers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 387 0122 Technical and consumer information 9 19 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system Component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 sec
18. s instructions for installation and use Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the stron gest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat refer to Forward facing child restraint in stallation using the seat belts in this section Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should alwa
19. 1 5 seconds to go to the next or previous category iPod if so equipped Push the switch for less than 1 5 sec onds to increase or decrease the track num ber CD Push the switch for less than 1 5 sec onds to increase or decrease the track num ber Push the switch for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number if playing compressed audio files USB if so equipped Push the switch for less than 1 5 sec onds to increase or decrease the track num ber Push the switch for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number Bluetooth Audio if so equipped e Pushthe switch forless than 1 5 sec onds to skip ahead or back to the next song 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Push the switch for more than 1 5 seconds to reverse or fast forward the current song ANTENNA The antenna cannot be shortened but can be removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna rod counterclockwise To install the antenna rod turn the antenna rod clockwise and hand tighten A CAUTION Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation e Be sure that the antenna is removed before the vehicle enters an automatic car wash Be sure to fold down the antenna be fore the vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling NISSANCONNECT AP
20. 4 Example 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to side wall edge Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to wiath 4A 5 6 19 t 5 WDI0395 R The R stands for radial Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause It is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT t 1 XX XX t t 2 3 XXX t Example 4 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 XXX XXXX t t 5 6 WDI0396 Three digit code Tire type code Optional Three digit code Date of Manufac ture Four numbers represent the w
21. 4 22 Lower glove box P 2 33 Upper glove box release handle P 2 33 Cup holders P 2 31 Shift lever P 5 15 Ignition switch Push button ignition switch P 5 8 5 10 Tilt steering P 3 29 Hood release lever P 3 24 Fuel filler lid release lever P 3 26 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch P 2 29 Outside mirror control switch P 3 31 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS HR16DE engine 1 Drive belt location P 8 15 2 Engine oil filler cap P 8 8 3 Air cleaner P 8 17 4 Brake and clutch 1 fluid reservoir P 8 11 5 Fusible link P 8 20 6 Battery P 8 13 7 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 7 8 Radiator cap P 8 7 9 O e D Ry Engine oil dipstick P 8 8 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 12 1 For Manual Transmission M T model See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 7 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS 0 8 Anti lock Braking System ABS warn ing light Brake warning light High temperature warning light Illustrated table of contents Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped NISSAN Intelligent Key warning light if so equipped Power steering
22. Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information If replacement is required contact a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 Fog light if so equipped Headlight assembly Map light Interior light Stop tail light High mounted stop light Cargo light License plate light a eae ef 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself ON OFF DOOR E l CW LDI2239 SDI1499A Clearance turn signal lights Interior light To change the stop tail rear turn signal or backup Use a cloth to protect the housing reversing light bulb perform the following 1 Disconnect the battery negative cable 2 Disconnect the electrical connector from the rear end of the bulb 3 Remove the bulb s and replace as neces sary Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens lamp and or cover 1 Indicates bulb removal t Indicates bulb installation Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 LDI2044 Map lights Use a cloth to protect the housing 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual for additional information TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of
23. In case of emergency section AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label located on the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAU
24. MODE Voice Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve recognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different voice adaptation model for each connected phone Training procedure The procedure for training a voice is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 8 _ Press and hold the The system _ Press the Sit in the driver s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in P Park l button for more than 5 seconds announces Press the PHONE SEND amp x button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adaptation mode or press the PHONE END 4 _ button to select a dif ferent language amp l button For information on selecting a different lan guage see Choosing a language in this section Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system When preparation is complete and you are l but ready to begin press the ton The VA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system 4 86 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems
25. Play information Information about the audio files being played is shown on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Touch Browse to display the list of folders and files on the USB device Touch the name of a song on the screen to begin playing that song da gt P Seeking buttons Press the M4 button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the M4 button sev eral times to skip backward several tracks 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Press the Pl button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the PPI button several times to skip for ward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played Random and repeat play mode While files on a USB device are playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the USB device When the random mode is active the gt iconis displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which random pattern is applied To cancel Ran dom mode touch the Random key until no D iconis displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the USB device When the repeat mode is active the 7 icon is displayed to the left of t
26. SiriusXM Traffic l Voice E My Apps Bu Commands Settings CONNECTING PROCEDURE NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled 1 Press the asm button on the control panel 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key 4 Touch the Connect New Device key Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 5 Initiate the connecting process from the handset The system will display the mes sage Is PIN XXXXXX displayed on your Bluetooth device If the PIN is displayed on your Bluetooth device select Yes to complete the pairing process For more information see the Bluetooth de vice s Owner s Manual VEHICLE PHONEBOOK To access the vehicle phonebook 1 Pressthe button on the control panel 2 Touch the Phonebook key 3 Choose the desired entry from the displayed list 4 The number of the entry will be displayed on the screen Touch the number to initiate di aling NOTE To scroll quickly through the list touch the A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to choose a letter or number and then press ENTER The list will move to the first entry that begins with that number or letter MAKING A CALL To make a call follow the procedure below 1
27. To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen amp If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle GC 5 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action t t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING AWARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Cali fornia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition cer tain fluids contained in vehicles and cer tain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BLUETOOTH
28. casting station Press and hold either button to seek at a faster speed SCAN tuning button Press the SCAN button SCAN illuminates in the display window Scan tuning begins from low to high frequencies Scan tuning stops for 5 sec onds at each broadcasting station that has suffi cient signal strength When scanning SCAN blinks in the display Pressing the SCAN button again during this 5 second period stops scan tuning and the radio remains tuned to that station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the AM or FM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is automatically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off an
29. if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the 2 position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected LIC2419 Type A Instruments and controls 2 27 LIC1389 Type B To sound the horn push near the horn icon of the steering wheel AWARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury 2 28 Instruments and controls HEATED SEATS if so equipped The front seats are warmed by built in heaters 1 Start the engine 2 Push the LO or HI position of the switch as desired The indicator light in the switch will illuminate The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on 3 When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch off AWARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the
30. is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon and Bosch amp Bluetooth SiriusXM Satellite Radio requires subscription sold separately Not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit Www sirlusxm com SiriusxT Nissan Mexicana S A de C V All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Mexicana S A de C V NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on
31. onds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words a Call name Street Address addre Points of Interest na Navigation Information Play Song name My Apps Play Artist name Say Command Phonebook F Exit SYSTEM FEATURES NISSAN Voice Recognition can activate the fol lowing systems Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Navigation Audio Information My Apps For additional information on the navigation sys tem see the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Either zero or oh can be used for 9o Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the following example For 1 800 662 6200 say dial number and then speak the phone number in any of the following formats one eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh one eight hundred six six two six two oh oh one eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh For the best voice recognition phone dialing re sults say phone numbers as single digits Also full numbers can only be spoken for 800 For example you cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousand Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access
32. securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Re move the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight In case of emergency 6 7 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated Lower the vehicle completely AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at
33. the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off For additional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air 1 50 Safety Seats seat b
34. when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light in this section When installing a child restraint system in the rear center position both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured See Attaching the center seat belt in this section WRS0699 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before in stalling a child restraint NISSAN does not recommend the use of the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for in stallation Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost po
35. 13 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 13 Seat belt extenders 02 cece eee eee 1 18 Seat belt maintenance 0 2 0e ee eee 1 19 CHilG Sale paase Mice aeneudteeaneawen ames ein eauctee 1 19 MaMe 26 54556562enddenekeeeeettadess nace aes 1 20 omal CGM a cise pause aca ease ene cas neees 1 20 Larger CHINMICN 22nqteccesuenehectaneeseaseneue 1 20 Child teStrautSsicctcss ace venwigcawseateeshecuee ee 1 21 Precautions on child restraints 54 1 21 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 0 00 ccc eee 1 23 Rear facing child restraint installation using EE a EPEAT ETIE ATE T ces eee 1 26 Rear facing child restraint installation using the seat bells 2c crrrcrcrericcssiniri vieres tinai 1 28 Forward facing child restraint installation USING LAICH cise ssgrrsinee wen itip RARE sanders 1 31 Installing top tether strap 0c ee eee 1 33 Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat beltS 0 cee eee eee eee 1 34 Installing top tether strap cee eee ee 1 38 Booster SCAlS occctheccetacteemchoneae nk teenies 1 39 Supplemental restraint system SRS 0 1 42 Precautions on SRS 24 5cc0kiedteactaneacckes ewes 1 42 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 56 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 57 SEATS Sit upright and well back AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving
36. 2 or 3 min utes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 DEFROSTING QE Air passed BI LEVEL HEATING through DEFOGGING heater core Fan control Air flow control Temperature control Air recirculation control Ree E Temp Air flow control control control Fan control 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Fan control Air flow control Fan control Air recirculation control Air passed through heater core Temperature control Air recirculation control Temp Air flow control control HEATING Fan control Air flow control Fan control Air recirculation control QE Air passed HEATING amp through DEFROSTING heater core DEFOGGING Fan control Temperature control Air flow control Air recirculation control Air flow control Air recirculation control a Air passed through heater core Temperature control Air recirc
37. 24 Headlight control switch 2 24 Headlights a0 ho manend amp Od eke eo 8 25 teror ligni ss of af eed Ss wie ow amp ee a 2 39 Light bulbs ia s ee ee ee ew ee Re a 8 25 Low tire pressure warning light 2 15 Low windshield washer fluid warning MORe ae are ee a a eke we te we 2 16 Passenger air bag and status light 1 51 Security indicator light 2 19 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 ee eee ee 2 12 Lock Child safety reardoorlock 3 7 Door locks ea a aosa soa aa ee i a 3 5 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 26 Glove box lock se s scs ai u eini wowi 2 33 Power door locks 3 6 Loose fuel cap warning 2 6 3 27 Low fuel warning light 2 6 6 46 eae ee 2 14 Low tire pressure warning light 2 15 Low windshield washer fluid warning light 2 16 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 13 M Maintenance General maintenance 8 2 Inside the vehicle 4 4 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 19 10 4 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Malfunction indicator light 2 18 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Manual windowS aoaaa aaa 2 38 Map POCKel 2a e as Coe be oe od 2 30 Meters and gauges 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 26 Mirror side MINOT i
38. Custom Text Messages Touch this option to select a custom mes sage to edit There are 4 customer message slots available Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM if so equipped The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the systems equipped on this vehicle such as the phone and navigation systems To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press the button located on the steering wheel When prompted speak the command for the system you wish to activate The command given is picked up by the microphone and performed when it is properly recognized NISSAN Voice Recognition will provide a voice response as well as a message in the center display to inform you of the command results USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the sys tem is ready to accept voice commands If the button is pressed before the initializa tion completes the system will announce Voice Recognition System not ready Please wait Giving voice commands 1 2 Press the l button The system announces Please say a cat egory like phone or a command like points of interest followed by a brand name A list of available commands is then spoken by the system After the tone sounds and the face icon on the display ch
39. ENTER SETTING button and TUNE SCROLL control knob 10 Station select 1 6 buttons 11 VOL volume knob power button 12 DISP button 13 MEDIA button 14 XM button 15 FM AM button No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an SirilusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type A if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL volume power button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the power button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was playing immediately before the system was turned off Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 To turn the system off press the power ENTER SETTING button pung Press the ENTER SETTING button to show the Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjustthe Settings screen on the display Turn the volume TUNE SCROLL knob to navigate the options and then press the ENTER SETTING button to This vehicl i i i is vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen make a selection sitive Volume When this feature is active the audio vol
40. Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use of the RearView Monitor could result in serious injury or death The RearView Monitor is a convenience but itis not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and look out the win dows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle Always back up slowly The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary ob jects directly behind the vehicle to help avoid damaging the vehicle e The system cannot completely elimi nate blind spots and may not show ev ery object Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation The system will not show small objects below the bumper and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground Objects viewed in the RearView Moni tor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in a RearView Monitor will ap pear visually opposite than when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors Make sure that the hatch is securely close when backing up Do not put anything on the rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled above the license plate When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit Causing wa ter condensation on the lens a mal
41. For additional information refer to Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light in this section Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine Is running it may indicate the charging system Is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the drive belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION Do not continue driving if the drive belt is loose broken or missing 2 14 Instruments and controls Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position ey Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level For additional in formation refer to Engine oil in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so High temperature warning light When th
42. IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these rec ommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS Follow these easy to use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle 1 Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake Pedal Application Avoid rapid starts and stops Use smooth gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possible Maintain constant speed while commut ing and coast whenever possible 2 Maintain Constant Speed Look ahead to try and anticipate and mini mize stops Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel effi ciency 3 Use Air Conditioning A C at Higher Vehicle Speeds Below 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load Starting and driving 5 23 Above 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to u
43. Operation is subject to the following two con ditions This device may not cause interference and this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation ofthe device 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System amp Bluetooth If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds Ifthe amp button is pressed before the initialization com pletes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following
44. Phonebook command is used to manu ally add entries to the vehicle phonebook The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone connected to the system NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B Transfer Entry Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two For additional information refer to How to say numbers in this section To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone For additional informa
45. TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than thatof non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used For additional in formation refer to Tire chains in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowadrifts Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Starting and driving 5 31 Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or dow
46. The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low
47. air flow control dial to the rs position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the ey position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to the maxi mum position and the temperature control dial to the full hot position For more information on how to optimize defogging performance see the advice label on the sun visor When the Y or 7 position is selected the air conditioner will turn on for better perfor mance This will dehumidify the air and help defog the windows Bi level heating This mode directs cooler air from the side and center vents and warmer air from the floor outlets When the temperature control dial is moved to the full hot or full cool position the air between the vents and the floor outlets is the same tem perature 1 Move the air intake lever to position Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the ad position 3 Turn the fan control dial to t
48. all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval 6 8 Incase of emergency Adjust the tire pressure to the COLD pres sure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for 3 hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Reinstalling the temporary spare tire to its original position After the flat tire is repaired return the temporary spare to its original position in the tire basket under the rear of the vehicle Open the trunk 2 Remove the luggage floor 3 Loosen bolt 1 counterclockwise approxi mately 20 turns using the wheel nut wrench and wrench extension to lower the tire bas ket Stop turning the bolt when the tire basket is lowered to a place where it can be removed from the hook Do not loosen the bolt excessively otherwise the basket may fall suddenly 5 Hold the tir
49. avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible 7 6 Appearance and care A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 02 2 ee0eee 8 2 General maintenance 0000c eee eee ee eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS 0 cee cece eee 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 022 cee eee eee eee 8 7 Checking engine coolant level 005 8 8 Changing engine COOlaNticcs ea cc di saaneena 8 8 PHONIC Ollace tenereeesstcevenceucenuateeeh ne oe enens 8 8 Checking engine oil level 0022005 8 8 Changing
50. button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing If the FM AM button is pressed for more than 1 5 seconds the AUTOSTORE function will be initiated The AST icon will appear and AU TOSTORE may appear on the display screen a beep is heard and the radio mutes The system will then automatically detect the 6 stations with the strongest frequency and save them as pre sets Once AUTOSTORE is complete the AST icon will disappear and AUTOSTORE COM PLETE may appear on the display screen TUNE MENU control knob Tuning Turn the TUNE MENU control knob to the left or right for manual tuning lt lt gt gt SEEK tuning Press the SEEK TRACK button M4 or PP to tune from low to high or high to low frequen cies and to stop at the next broadcasting station Hold either button to tune continuously Then release button once desired frequency is reached Station select 1 to 6 memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the AM or FM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual or SEEK tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The station memory position P1 P6 will now be displayed next to the band Pro gramming i
51. c eon dadas deacecoeseese ees Door locks unlocks precaution 4 NISSAN Intelligent Key operation How to use the remote keyless entry MIRCUON OEE E EEE aes te Warning lights and audible reminders 3 21 Waning SICA Gre ate tite a seen beeen ce ee eet 3 22 Troubleshooting guide suche siedcteueeweteveese 3 23 MOOG syice oaupee set ye cuagteeeceeyoeeutaccsncewce 3 24 Rear Paloi enesenn bev eE nee nu maeened moma 3 25 Opening the rear hatch 0 cee e eee ee 3 25 Rear hatch release 0 c eee ees 3 26 Pile NCR dOO 4 cnteencawene hes eewdieue EAREN eben 3 26 Opener operation i cui ecevicdcecwwaesace see deas 3 26 PUCROIECE Cap lt 2404025nsebeanesdtacesesaevedds 3 27 Steering wheel scarcceterctsteswesaretaasdae ean en 3 29 TW operations tawedeSieces caeec eee dhe aai 3 29 OU ViSGOlS coh Secs sete gery cee ecw ees feces cen es 3 29 Vanity mirrors if so equipped 0008 3 30 IONS est w eee a EE ek eden Caney eens 3 30 Rearview MIIO sessess anakira peared a Rector ak 3 30 OUISIGGIMINONS ccdden needs ausedieerdestevcads 3 31 KEYS A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to make a duplicate If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it LPD2130 Type A 1 Master key 2 Transponder chip if so equipped 3 Key number plate A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep i
52. could be damaged and a loss of func tion may occur Bend the cable excessively 1 6 in 40 mm radius maximum Twist the cable excessively more than 180 degrees Pull or drop the cable Do not force the iPod cable connector into the device port Close the center console lid on the cable or connectors Store objects with sharp edges in the storage where the cable is stored Spill liquids on the cable and connectors 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Do not connect the cable to the iPod if the cable and or connectors are wet It may damage the iPod If the cable and connectors are exposed to water allow the cable and or connectors to dry completely before connecting the cable to the iPod wait 24 hours for it to dry If the connector is exposed to fluids other than water evaporative residue may cause a short between the connector pins In this case replace the cable otherwise damage to the iPod and a loss of function may occur If the cable is damaged insulation cut con nectors cracked contamination such as liq uids dust dirt etc in the connectors do not use the cable and contact a NISSAN dealer to replace the cable with a new one When not in use for extended periods of time store the cable in a clean dust free environment at room temperature and with out direct sun exposure Do not use the cable for any other purposes other than it
53. custom messages To choose one of the predefined messages speak one of the following after the tone Driving can t text Call me On my way Running late Okay Yes e No Where are you When To send one of the custom messages say Custom Messages If more than one cus tom message is stored the system will prompt for the number of the desired cus tom message For more information on set ting and managing custom text messages see Bluetooth settings in this section Reading a received text message 1 Press the button on the steering wheel 2 Say Phone after the tone 3 Say Read Text after the tone The text message sender and delivery time are shown on the screen Use the tuning switch to scroll through all text messages if more than one are available Press the button to exit the text message screen Press the amp F button to access the following options for replying to the text message Call Back Speak this command to call the sender of the text message using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 Send Text BLUETOOTH SETTINGS Speak this command to send a text message response to the sender of the text message T EEEE E EEEE To access the phone settings P i Read Text REEE 1 Press the arrs button Speak this command to read
54. diagonally opposite the flat tire 2 to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury Getting the spare tire and tools Open the rear hatch Remove the Divide n Hide floor Refer to Divide n Hide Adjustable Floor in the Instruments and Controls section of this manual Lift the floorboard 4 Remove the wheel basket by pushing the basket upward 5 Lower the tire basket to the ground and take out the spare 1 Remove the jacking tools from the storage location 2 Loosen the bolt counterclockwise to lower the spare 3 Stop turning the bolt when the spare is lowered to the point where the tire basket 2 can be removed from the hook In case of emergency 6 5 Removing wheel cover A CAUTION Do not use your hands to pry off wheel caps or wheel covers Doing so could re sult in personal injury To remove the wheel cover use the jack rod 1 as illustrated Apply cloth between the wheel and jack rod to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover Use caution not to scratch the wheel cover or wheel surface 6 6 In case of emergency Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands Use only the jack provided with
55. dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with
56. during FM stereo reception When the ste reo broadcast signal is weak the radio automati cally changes from stereo to monaural reception SXM band select Pressing the SXM button will change the band as follows SXM1 SXM2 SXM3 SXM1 satellite if so equipped When the SXM button is pressed while the igni tion switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the last station played The last station played will also come on when the ON OFF VOL control knob is pressed When the SXM button is pressed the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriuSXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the SXM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on While the radio is in SXM mode the operation can be controlled through the touch screen Touch the Channels key to display a list of channels Touch a channel displayed on the list to change to that channel Touch the Categories key to display a list of categories Touch a cat egory displayed on the list to display options within that category 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Tuning with the touch screen When in AM or FM mode the radio can be tuned using the to
57. each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking After the main menu you can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at any time the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 Call Main Menu Call Speak name A Phone Number Speak Digits Special Number Redial Call Back Speak name If you have stored entries in the phonebook you can dial a number associated with a name See Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple numbers associated with the name the system asks you to choose the correct number Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call Speak Digits When prompted by the system say the number yo
58. engine oil os cisescussaveneenceaareways 8 9 Changing engine oil filter 0 5 8 10 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid if so equipped ancecuivasencnaveorseneansangenasae 8 11 Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid 8 11 Windshield washer fluild 00 0c c cece 8 12 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 4 8 12 Bal ecee soos eon bocce eee ace eee ee eae nee 8 13 DUMP SAG 22s teceseceek ee cee eect See het 8 14 Variable voltage control system 8 15 DPive Dellscn lt es eons seu seheeumuss ee oumetote cee ed 8 15 opak PUGS co nauyeeeeinect seth da E nee nee A E 8 16 Replacing spark plugs 0 0005 8 16 PAP cleane 2 4c05 paein anena eesde a eens 8 17 Windshield wiper blades 0020005 8 17 Glean aerae eirian h ape ates AEE neeeae 8 17 Replacing 2c0cc02 e525e2ee85eer6 caeesece nee i 8 18 iO e stots E tenor eee ee ce cncekcenes 8 19 PS CS ress pee Soe eee ee eee ere eee eee ence 8 20 ENQiNe COMpPANMEM ces cesccevessheesexeuacesst 8 20 Passenger compartment 0c eee eens 8 21 Battery replacement 0220e cece eee ee 8 22 Keyfob if so equipped 0 cece eee eee es 8 23 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 8 23 LIGMNS nchuseasinenes bed EEE EE CT EE needy 8 25 PICAOUGNS awicereees entanteoresyeevenes ieake 8 25 Fog lights if so equipped 0cce eee es 8 26 Exterior and in
59. full attention may be given to the driving operation e Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or a a lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest NISSAN dealer Ig noring such conditions may lead to ac cidents fire or electrical shock 1 MAP button 5 4 2 brightness control button 2 Display screen 6 BACK button 3 button 7 ON OFF button VOL volume control knob 4 aAPPSG button 8 CAMERA button 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 9 NAV button For information regarding the Navigation system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual For information regarding the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System control button see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will discharge the battery and the engine will not start Reference symbols Example Words m
60. function fire or an electric shock 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Do not strike the camera It is a preci sion instrument Otherwise it may mal function or cause damage resulting ina fire or an electric shock A CAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the vehicle body line are displayed on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body Red line f approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m Yellow line 2 approx 3 ft 1 m e Green line 3 approx 7 ft 2 m Green line approx 10 ft 3 m DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition syste
61. if necessary CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off Place a large drain pan under the oil filter 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 5 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag A CAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil 7 Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 11 15 ft lbs 15 20 N m 8 Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil by removing the oil filler cap if neces sary CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT FLUID if so equipped A CAUTION Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 Do not mix with other fluids e Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 will damage the CVT which is not covered by the warranty When checking or replacement of CVT fluid is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for serv
62. in another COUN e 4 sua a a ot oe ew we ES 9 10 Trip computer 6 ewe Bd we ee ee 2 10 Tripodometer s s so db HHRMA dee ea et 2 5 Tain signal SWHCH s e ea 24 26 se ec a wea 2 27 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 17 USB interface Audio file operation 4 60 4 62 V VARY MUON e se o a we we a A 3 30 Variable voltage control system 8 15 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 9 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 29 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 29 Vehicle identification 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis nyfibek DSS AL m 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle loading information 9 13 Vehicle recovery saasaa es 6 16 Vehicle security system NISSAN vehicle immobi lizer system engine start 2 21 3 4 5 10 5 13 Ventilators lt oe Go oe eae be we ade a 4 22 VISOS a i a ha a ae A ek eo A a ao 3 29 Voice Prompt Interrupt 4 78 4 91 Voice recognition system aa saasaa 4 96 Ww Warning Air bag warning light 1 57 2 17 Anti lock brake warning light 2 13 Battery charge warning light 2 14 Brake warning light 2 13 Door open warning light 2 14 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 14 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Low fuel warning light 2 14 Low tire pressure warning light 2 15 Low
63. is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood REAR HATCH AWARNING The rear hatch must be closed securely before driving An open rear hatch could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn inside the vehicle See Exhaust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of this manual e Pressthe button on the Intelligent Key if equipped twice See NISSAN Intelligent Key in this section OPENING THE REAR HATCH To open the rear hatch unlock it with one of the following operations then pull the handle Push the power door lock switch to the unlock position Unlock all doors using the key Press the button on the keyfob if equipped twice See Remote keyless entry system in this section Push the rear hatch request switch or door handle request switch if equipped twice See NISSAN Intelligent Key in this sec tion Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 3 Push the rear hatch up to open NOTE If you had to open the rear hatch using this lever have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible LPD2171 REAR HATCH RELEASE The rear hatch release mechanism allows the rear hatch to be opened in the event of a discharged battery To releas
64. label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer 9 14 Technical and consumer information Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit DETERMINING VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY The load capacity of this vehicle is deter mined by weight not by available cargo space For example a luggage rack bike carrier cartop carrier or similar equipment does not increase load carrying capacity of your vehicle To determine vehicle load capacity Vehicle weight can be determined by us ing a commercial grade scale found at places such as a truck stop gravel quarry grain elevator or a scrap metal recycling facility 1 Determine the curb weight of your vehicle 2 Compare the curb weight
65. light in the The shift lever is not in the P Park position Make sure that the shift lever is in the P instrument panel blinks in red Park position and place the ignition switch in the LOCK position When starting the engine The key warning light in the instrument The battery charge is low Replace the battery with a new one See panel blinks in green Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section When pushing the LOCK button on the The outside chime sounds for a few sec A door is not closed securely Close the door securely Intelligent Key to lock the door onds and all the doors unlock Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 HOOD 1 Pull the hood lock release handle 1 located below the instrument panel until the hood springs up slightly 2 Locate the lever 2 in between the hood and grille and push the lever sideways with your fingertips 3 Raise the hood 38 4 Remove the support rod and insert it into the slot 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments Hold the coated parts A when removing or resetting the support rod Avoid direct con tact with the metal parts as they may be hot immediately after the engine has been stopped When closing the hood return the support rod to its original position lower the hood to approxi mately 12 in 80 cm above the latch and release it This allows proper engagement of the hood latch AWARNING e Make sure the hood
66. light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light AF located in the meter and gauges area of the instrument panel will blink Have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AWARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may be come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave per manent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occu pant detection sensors weight sen sors This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant detection sensors This can also affect the opera tion of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wi
67. loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchor age and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision WRS0700 LATCH lower anchor location LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH lower anchors 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0661 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint manu facturer LRSO662 LATCH rigid mounted attachment When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint Top tether anchor AWARNING If the carg
68. lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position The mechanical key can be used for operation in the same way as an ordinary key A CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key slot For additional information refer to Doors in this section and Storage in the Instruments and controls section of this manual NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS if so equipped You can only drive your vehicle using the master keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as 4 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NI
69. not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer The power steering system is designed to pro vide power assist while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced This is to prevent over heating of the power steering system and protect it from getting damaged While the power assist is reduced steering wheel operation will become heavy When the temperature of the power steer ing system goes down the power assist level will return to normal Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the power steering system to overheat You may hear a sound when the steering wheel is operated quickly However this is not a malfunc tion If the electric power steering warning light PS illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not func tioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the electric power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no pow
70. on the screen unless no pattern is applied A EJECT button When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the amp button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For more information about the iPod player available with this system see iPod player operation without Navigation System in this sec tion For more information about the USB interface available with this system see USB interface models without Navigation System in this sec tion For more information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system see Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 2 a es e _ E za CD 10 m TUNE ADO 3 1 amp CD eject button 5 M4 Backward seek button and PPI 2 FM AM button Forward seek button 3 AUX button 6 BACK button 4 CD insert slot 7 TUNE knob AUDIO button 8 Display screen 4 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 9 ON OFF button VOL volume control knob 10 CD button 11 SXM button No satellite radio reception is available when the SXM button is pressed to ac cess satel
71. on in the instrument panel The VDC system automatically turns off when the indicator light is off The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The indicator illuminates to indi cate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the ft indicator will not flash Starting and driving 5 29 The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction AWARNING The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer ing Operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully 5 30 Starting and driving Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts spring
72. operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition 5 8 Starting and driving IGNITION SWITCH if so equipped AWARNING Never remove the ignition key or place the ignition switch in the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT if so equipped The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position When placing the ignition switch in the LOCK position make sure that the shift lever is in the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition switch if it is inserted make sure that the shift lever is in the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be placed to the LOCK position 1 Shift the shift lever to the P Park position 2 Move the ignition switch slightly in the ON direction 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 4 Remove the key if it is inserted in the ignition switch If the ignition switch is placed to the LOCK posi tion the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park position The shift lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position 1 between the LOCK
73. operated using the controls on the steering wheel ah ha i j _ 1 i q j d LHA2054 LHA3052 LHA3023 Type A Type B Type C 1 SOURCE select switch 1 Tuning switch 2 Tuning switch 2 SOURCE select switch 3 Volume control switch 3 Volume control switch SOURCE select switch Push the source select switch to change the mode in the following sequence AM FM1 FM2 XM1 satellite radio if so equipped XM2 satellite radio if so equipped XM38 satellite radio if so equipped CD USB iPod if so equipped Bluetooth Au dio if so equipped AUX AM Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 These modes are only available when compat ible media storage is inserted into the device or connected to the system Volume control switches Push the volume control switch to increase or decrease the volume v Tuning switch For most audio sources pressing the switches for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than pressing for less than 1 5 seconds AM and FM e Pushthe switch forless than 1 5 sec onds to increase or decrease the preset station e Push the switch for more than 1 5 seconds to seek up or down to the next station XM if so equipped e Pushthe switch forless than 1 5 sec onds to increase or decrease the preset station e Push the switch for more than
74. operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the re quest switch Opening any doors or the rear hatch Engaging the ignition switch from the locked position The interior light illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 The interior light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch to the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the remote controller Switching the room light switch to the OFF position HOW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless function can operate at a distance of 33 ft 10 m away from the vehicle The operating distance de pends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless entry function will not func tion under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range When the doors or the rear hatch are open or not closed securely When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments A CAUTION When locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the key in Ay a 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion WPD0359 Locking doors
75. or the key to adjust the settings of an item Touch the up arrow to scroll up the page one item at a time or touch the double up arrow to scroll up an entire page Touch the down arrow to scroll down the page one Item at a time or touch the double down arrow to scroll down an entire page Inputting characters Touch the letter or number key There are some options available when inputting characters 123 ABC Changes the available character set to numbers seris a space Deletes the last inputted character with one touch Touch and hold the Delete key to delete all of the characters Completes the character input 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or de tergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTON Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen Pps INFORMATION SiriusXM SiriusXM Travel Link Fi r Lo Traffic Settings HOW TO USE THE APPS BUTTON For more information about the SiriusXM Travel Link and Traffic features see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual For more information about the My Apps key see NissanConnect App Smartphone Integra tion in this se
76. outboard seating positions in certain side impact colli sions The curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted The SRS is designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and front pas senger seat belts and is not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers For additional information re fer to Seat belts in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational Sit upright and well back AWARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied For additional informa tion refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Safety Seats seat belts and suppleme
77. panel dimmer switch 2 26 Intelligent Key system Key operatingrange 3 13 Key operation 0050004 3 14 Mechanical key 6 0 eee ee ees 3 4 Remote keyless entry operation 3 18 Troubleshooting guide 3 23 Warning SignalS 0 ess ce 6 464 aaa 3 23 Interior light infomation Provided bys 8 8 2 39 iPod PIWECA DAW re 4 63 4 65 ISOFIX child restraints 1 23 J JUD Stating e es ata hae oe oe de ee 6 11 K IEW ich se Ue Bo ee he ee we Oe ee 3 2 Keyfob battery replacement 8 22 Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system 3 18 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 12 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 11 Engine serial number 9 11 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Warning labels for SRS 1 56 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren OVSICM hea 6 he hea ORR See A 1 23 License plate Installing the license plate 9 13 Light Air bag warning light 157 2 17 Brake light See stop light 8 27 Bulb check instrument panel 2 13 Bulb replacement 8 27 Charge warning light 2 14 Fog light switch s eea cwe aca 2 27 Headlight and turn signal switch 2
78. passengers to do SO Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli sions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is Significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY If the right side or left side wheels unintentionally leave the road surface maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the ve hicle to follow the road while vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the ve hicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the ap propriate driving lane lf you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSU
79. personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire re place it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Instruments and controls Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION e The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly S7 Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary For additional information refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance
80. phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the ve hicle NOTE Some devices require the user to accept connections to other Bluetooth devices If your phone does not connect automatically to the system consult the phone s Owner s Manual for details on device operation You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized or work properly Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recommended phone list and connect ing instructions Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking ga
81. played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD i skipped the first track of the next folder is played 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems TUNE SCROLL knob MP3 WMA CD only If a MP3 WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder RPT repeat button When the RPT button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Track Repeat OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RDM random button When the RDM button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Disc Random gt OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random OFF 1 Disc Random all tracks on the disc will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed
82. recognition systems For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high move the air intake lever to the position Be sure to return to the gt position for normal cooling Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the s position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Press the E button 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the Cy position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi e If the engine coolant temperature tion gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range turn os the air conditioner off For additional sired position information refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer Operating ups gency section of this manual Keep the windows closed while the air con AIR FLOW CHARTS ditioner is in operation 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting The air intake lever should always be in the gt position for heating and defrosting After parking in the sun drive for
83. seat to obtain proper seat belt fit For a seat belt to fit properly the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top middle portion of the shoulder The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoul der The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs not the abdomen A booster seat can only be used in seating posi tions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck and the lap belt can be posi tioned properly across the lower hips or upper thighs use the seat belt without the booster seat AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD AWARNING RESTRAINTS Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer
84. seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time The panic alarm stops when lt has run for a period of time or 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key The request switch on the driver or passen ger door or rear hatch has been pushed and the Intelligent Key is in range of the door handle ct ch Silencing the horn beep feature WPD0362 If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the Intelligent Key To deactivate Press and hold the and B buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash 3 times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and if buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered LPD2094 Type A 1 P Park position selecting warning light if so equipped 2 NISSAN Intelligent Key warning light WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS The Intelligent Key is equipped with a function that is designed to minimize improper operations and to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen The warning buzzer sounds and the warning light illuminates when improper operations are de tected LPD2219 Type B
85. seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged unless the clutch pedal is fully de pressed The Intelligent Key must be carried when operating the ignition switch 3 Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition switch to START Release the switch when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure 5 14 Starting and driving DRIVING THE VEHICLE CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT if so equipped AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive or L Low Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depress ing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this pur
86. switch in the OFF position The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to OFF until the shift lever is moved into the P Park position or N Neutral position MT When the ignition switch cannot be pushed to ward the OFF position proceed as follows 1 Move the shift lever into the P Park position or N Neutral position MT 2 Push the ignition switch The ignition switch position will change to the ON position 3 Push the ignition switch again to the OFF position The shift lever can be moved from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the push button ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK position Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed in the meter See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key sys tem s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to t
87. that desig nated seating position 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Adjustable head restraint headrest components 1 2 3 4 Removable head restraint headrest Multiple notches Lock knob Stalks 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Non adjustable head restraint Remove headrest components Use the following procedure to remove the head 1 Removable head restraint headrest restraint headrest 2 Single Notch 1 Pull the head restraint headrest up to the 3 lockkioh highest position 4 Stalks 2 Push and hold the lock knob 3 Remove the head restraint headrest from the seat 4 Store the head restraint headrest properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 Install 1 Align the head restraint headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure the head restraint headrest is facing the correct di rection The stalk with the notch notches 4 must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint headrest down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating posi tion Adjust For adjustable head restraint headrest Adjust the head restraint headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears If your ear po
88. the amp 1 amp button for more than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND amp x button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adaptation mode or press the PHONE END 4 _ button to select a dif ferent language 3 Press the button For information on voice adaptation see Voice adaptation VA mode in this section 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage to Spanish in Spanish or French in French To select the current language press the PHONE SEND f button To select a different language tilt the tuning switch 4 or Y upor down NOTE You must press the 1 amp button within 5 seconds to change the language 5 Ifyou decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Connecting procedure NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Main Menu Connect phone A Add phone Initiate from handset Name phone 1 Pressthe amp l button on the steer ing wheel The system announces the avail able commands 2 Say Connect phone The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 4 80 Mon
89. the child and child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the com bined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation The LATCH anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating posi tions only Do not attempt to install a child re straint in the center position using the LATCH anchors LATCH lower anchor AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious in jury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child re straint will not be secured properly 1 23 Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower an chors are obstructed Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those
90. the ignition switch and the headlight amperage rating than specified on the switch are OFF fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire 2 Remove the fuse box cover O with a suit able tool Use a cloth to avoid damaging the If any electrical equipment does not operate trim check for an open fuse 3 Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 5 If the fuse is open A replace it with an equivalent good fuse 6 Push the fuse box cover to install If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 BATTERY REPLACEMENT A CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery or removed parts Extended storage switch How to replace the extended storage switch If any electrical equipment does not operate 1 To remove the extended storage switch be remove the extended storage switch and check sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or for an open fuse LOCK position 2 Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF NOTE position The extended storage switch is used for long term vehicle storage Even if the ex tended storage switch is broken it is not 4 Pinch the locking tabs 1 and found on necessary to replace it Replace only the each side of the storage switch open fuse in the switch with a new fuse 3 Remove the fuse box cover 5 Pul
91. the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly re strained in the rear seat if possible Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating front air bag could seriously in jure or kill your child For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING The seat belts the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the f
92. the radio with the engine not running the ignition should be placed in the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the de vice in a different location may reduce or elimi nate the noise FM RADIO RECEPT
93. to determine which compat ible applications are currently installed The user will then choose which apps they want to bring into their vehicle from the list of apps within the Manage My Apps section of the Nissan Connect App on their smartphone The vehicle will then download the in vehicle interface for each of these compatible applications Once downloaded the user can access their selected smartphone applications through the vehicle touchscreen For more information on application availability see www nissanusa com connect Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your vehicle be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode is highly recommended Exercise extreme cau tion at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION Ke
94. turn off aftera few driving trips have the vehicle in spected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information refer to the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instruments and controls section of this manual If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 To remove the fuel filler cap 1 Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to remove 2 Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling To install the fuel filler cap 1 Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube 2 Turn the fuel filler cap clockwise until a single click is heard 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments LIC2767 Type B Loose Fuel Cap warning message The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message dis plays in the odometer when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed To turn off the warning message perform the following 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as pre viously described as soon as possible 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks 3 Press the loose fuel cap warning reset but ton A in the meter for about 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message after tightening the fuel filler cap STEERING WHEEL TILT OPERATION Push the lock lever down and adjust t
95. turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the bat tery from becoming discharged A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery 2 40 Instruments and controls LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT The light illuminates when the rear hatch is opened When the rear hatch is closed the light will turn off The light also illuminates with other interior lights when the interior light switch is in the DOOR position See Interior light in this section The lights will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the bat tery from becoming discharged 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Co ee ee ee ee E er ees NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system keys if SO equipped 6 cece cece eee ee eens OOS oa thtudeseeelbncivedeetseseteaddenasedaates Locking Wit Keyesa a eri rucderrki setae ecetecs Locking with inside lock knob 4 Locking with power door lock switch tif so CQWID DEG cnncauweun erdt y Enade nan rre Automatic door locks if so equipped Child safety rear door lock 0cce ee eeeaee Remote keyless entry system models without NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped How to use remote keyless entry system NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped Operating TanG s ects
96. up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time NISSAN Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For more details see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this sec tion Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Immediately after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position it may be impos sible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phon
97. using a suitable tool 5 Push the shift lever button and move the shift lever to the N Neutral position while hold ing down the shift lock release 6 Place the ignition switch in the ON position to unlock the steering wheel 7 Release the parking brake The vehicle may be moved to the desired loca tion Replace the removed shift lock release cover after the operation If the shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position have a NISSAN dealer check the continuously variable transmission system as soon as possible Starting and driving 5 17 Overdrive O D OFF switch When the O D OFF switch is pushed with the shift lever in the D Drive position the OFF light in the instrument panel illuminates See Overdrive off indicator light CVT models in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Use the Overdrive off mode when you need im proved engine braking To turn off the Overdrive off mode push the O D OFF switch again The F indicator light will turn off Each time the engine is started or when the shift lever is shifted to any position other than D 5 18 Starting and driving Drive the Overdrive off mode will be automati cally turned off Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe W
98. vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly For additional information refer to Precautions on seat belt usage in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Do not adjust the drivers seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle e The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased A CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and
99. warning light P position selecting warning light if so equipped Indicator light Continuously Vari able Transmission CVT position indi cator light if so equipped Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped Engine start opera tion indicator if so equipped Front fog light indi cator light if so equipped 5 0 as O om oO mu Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator 2 18 light blue Malfunction Indica tor Light MIL Overdrive off indica tor light if so equipped Security indicator light if so equipped Ko O Side and headlight indicator light green if so equipped a er cS FTN Slip indicator light a Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light Illustrated table of contents 0 9 MEMO 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system DONS ann beneunaea Se E vasa Saneeaneeoenae eens 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Armrest driver s side only 00ce cece eeee 1 4 Folding rear seat c0cvawieatieteetareds aves eu 1 4 Head restraints Headrests 2005 1 5 DEA MONS eee eee ee ae ene oer geees waueouseeees 1 10 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 10 Pregnani WOMEN 04cceseentd nese dew ewsdeae wwe 1 13 Injured DEISONSixten oe cord etes re cetceencaseene ek 1
100. windshield washer fluid warning Ke a ee ee ee er 2 16 Passenger air bag and status light 1 51 Seat belt warning light 2 17 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 eee ee es 2 12 Warning labels forSRS 1 56 Warming ghis e s e memed ceace ieia 2 12 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer Witches s ss ss Oe bee ea See 8 2 23 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 22 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 9 Wheels andtires 24 Wheel tire size 2 ee ee ee When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country 6 ee Windows Locking passengers windows Manual windows Power rear windows Power windows 244 Rear power windows Windshield washer fluid Windshield wiper and washer switch Wiper Rear window wiper and washer SWICNES sos masei ee wee dew oa Ga Windshield wiper and washer switch Wiper blades acon ea we ee ae 10 7 GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way ca
101. you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instruc tions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones 4 When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the AUX button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen Use the vehicle audio controls or the Bluetooth device s controls to play pause skip or reverse tracks BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers apps INFORMATION 3 00 naa My Apps B aA Settings Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the arPs button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key G PHONE amp BLUETOOTH SETTINGS Phone Settings Connect New Device Select Connected Device Replace Connected D
102. yourself 8 37 Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself 1 2 Wear indicator Location mark Tire wear and damage AWARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in j
103. 0 5 X 70 300 kg WTI0169 Example Technical and consumer information 9 15 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of weights in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR 9 16 Technical and consumer information AWARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handlin
104. 0 ee nae 2 4 SRS warning label 2 1 56 Starting Before starting the engine 5 13 Jump Santin e e ee ark we es a a 6 11 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push starting s iss ee a kaw wee t 6 13 Starting the engine 5 14 Steering Power steering system 5045 5 26 Tilting steering wheel 3 29 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 70 Slop GMs s 52a Re ES EEK ee ee a 8 27 GIAE e aa 4 a oo ed eh A wre a 2 30 Storage tray 22 22 000 2 31 SUN VISOS 6 u ooo Soe we ee ee eS 3 29 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 56 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 57 2 17 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 49 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 56 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM s a eee ee eee ee ees 1 42 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental airbag system 1 42 Supplemental side and curtain side impact airbagsystem 0 2 002 eae 1 54 Switch Automatic power window switch 2 38 Fog light switch c 0 lt 4222 Gs a lt 2 27 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 24 Headlight control switch 2 24 IGNITION SWITCH szu s eo Bie ee ede ak We 5 8 Power door lock switch 3 6 Rear window defroster switch 2 24 Rear window wiper and washer switches oaaao be ch ee ag ee 2
105. 185 65R15 Bront Track P195 55R16 1 5inchwheel 58 3 1 480 Spare tire T125 70D15 n 16inchwheel 57 9 1 470 ear Track 15inchwheel 58 5 1 485 16inchwheel 58 1 1 475 Wheelbase 102 4 2 600 Gross vehicle weight rating Ib kg See the F M V S S C M V S S Gross axle weight rating certification label on the center Front lb kg pillar between the driver s side Rear Ib kg front and rear doors Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transporta tion and registration are the responsibility of the user NISS
106. 2 Close all doors and the rear hatch 3 Press the button on the Intelligent Key 4 The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once 5 All doors and the rear hatch will be locked A CAUTION After locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles Unlocking doors WPD0360 1 Press the if Key button on the Intelligent 2 The hazard warning lights flash once 3 Press the button again within 1 min ute to unlock all doors and the rear hatch All doors and the rear hatch will be locked auto matically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pressing the button Opening any doors or the rear hatch Engaging the ignition switch from the lock position The interior light illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Locking the doors with the remote controller Switching the room light switch in the OFF position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 1 button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 0 5
107. 23 Turn signal switch 2 27 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWO Si e446 ee koe eee ee 2 29 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 22 T Tachometer 2 000 eee ee ees 2 7 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 21 3 4 5 10 5 13 Three way catalyst aoao aa 5 2 Tilting steering wheel 3 29 Tire Planes 2 i Gude ee Gee ee E N 6 3 Sparetire 2 6 4 8 40 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Tire Chans snc dor a Ge we a we a 8 37 Tire placard aooaa ee ye 9 12 Tire PreSSUre lt csmt ai usou ed we we 8 30 Tire rotation oaoa ee we we Be 8 37 Types of tires s sasare eee ee ee 8 36 Uniform tire quality grading 9 17 Wheels and tires 8 30 Wheel tire size 220200 9 9 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 15 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 10 6 Top tether strap child restraint 1225 Towing Flat TOWN s 6 4 4 o Sete ee a Be 9 17 Tow truck towing 2 8 6 14 Trailer TOWING sa vi ae Pee ee ee ws 9 17 Transmission Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid 3 2 ee Shee oe ERS 8 11 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 15 Driving with manual transmission 5 18 Transmission shift lever lock release 5 17 Travel See registering your vehicle
108. 4 3 26 Gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Fuel gauge aoaaa aa 2 9 Odometer s s s s su a a ee a i aa i 2 5 Speedometer aoaaa 2 4 Tachometer os s soii aa e ad oe a k ew 2 7 Trip computer saaa a ow hw Bb ww 2 10 Trip odometer gt e ses roas we ee we Ree 2 5 General maintenance aaao 8 2 Glove DOX aa siaa ue meh ae oe Be OS 2 33 Glove box lock 4 0 6 4 6 bh e wee ea 2 33 Grocery hooks 5 2 36 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth 40 4 74 4 89 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 24 Headlight control switch 2 24 HeadligMis 25 2 04 6 aa a eaa g ete ES 8 25 Head restraints aoaaa eae 1 5 Heated seats 0 02 000 G 2 28 Heater Heater and air conditioner controls 4 23 Heater operation 4 25 Hood release aooaa aa eed ee eee HS 3 24 FIOI a e o ed E o ee e 2 27 l Ignition switch oe oaaao 5 8 Ignition Switch Push Button Ignition Switch 5 10 Immobilizer system 2 21 3 4 5 10 5 13 Important vehicle information label 9 11 Increasing fuel economy 285 5 25 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible EIMMINGGIS s 6 6 owe Aww ue old ee OE ew 9 12 inside MINMOr s sa ek a oe we we mH 3 30 Instrument brightness control 2 26 Instrument panel 2 0 6 2 2 Instrument
109. 44 or PP for 1 5 seconds while a track is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the track returns to normal play speed Scrolling menus While navigating long lists of artists albums or songs in the music menu it is possible to scroll the list by the first character in the name To activate character indexing touch and hold the A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen Turn the TUNE knob to choose the number or letter to jump to in the list and then press the ENTER button If no character is selected after two seconds the display returns to normal 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the amp button The system an nounces the available commands 2 Say Connect Phone The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Add Phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks
110. 8 Checking engine oillevel 8 8 Engine compartment check locations Engine coolant temperature gauge Engine cooling system Engine oil Engine oil and oil filter recommendation Engine oil pressure warning light 2 Engine oil viscosity Engine serial number Engine specifications Starting the engine Enter button 1 a cua ie be ow ie ee ee dy Event data recorders Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide Extended storage switch Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch Flat WRG ica oe Soe e ww Ge HO we Sw aa Floor mat positioning aid Fluid Brake fluid Capacities and recommended TUGIIUDIGANTS s 44 5 6 ea a ew wee eS Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid co bake ee eae doe ee a 8 ENGING COOMMNL 4 wax asa a old we oe Engine oil F M V S S certification label 9 Fog light switch Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 Front seats 4 Ge gw hock See ee we A Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 02 0008 9 2 Fuel economy a k a awra a ee ae eo 5 25 Fuel filler doorandcap 3 26 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 26 Fuel gauges ss a nrg oe ee amp olde oe wd a 2 9 Fuel octane rating 9 5 Fuel recommendation 9 4 Loose fuel cap warning 2 6 3 27 FPU Dos san aN y e bees Bs 8 20 Fusible links aoaaa aaa 8 20 G Gas cap recer aaea E a be a
111. A receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could Cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN lf Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that NISSAN con duct a recall campaign However Trans port Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN You may contact Transport Canada s De fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang eng English speakers or
112. AN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown LTI2020 HR16DE engine ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown WT10172 F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown Technical and consumer information 9 11 LTI2067 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is affixed as Loading Information label The label is locatedas shown shown 9 12 Technical and consumer information INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE VEHICL
113. ARNING Be sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly oF ON gt Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 1 Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts or fraying If the belt is in poor condition have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer 2 Have the belt checked regularly for condi tion 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself SPARK PLUGS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace platinum tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service platinum tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re gapping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs AIR CLEANER AWARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner filter not only cleans the intake air it also stops the flame if the engine backfires If the air cleaner is not installed and the en gine backfires you could be burned Never drive with the air
114. AUTION e Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s in structions before using the air fresheners FLOOR MATS AWARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury e NEVER place a floor mat on top of an other floor mat in the driver front position Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your ve hicle model For additional information r
115. B Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep opera tion MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 8 to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir is empty Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir Pre mix windshield washer fluid con centrates with water to the manufactur ers recommended levels before pour ing the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reservoir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the windshield washer fluid con centrate and water REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper Q Intermittent INT intermittent operation not adjustable 2 ON continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward 3 to operate the washer The wiper will also ope
116. CK posi tion Doors do not lock by pushing the door handle request switch or the rear hatch re quest switch while any door is open How ever doors lock with the mechanical key even if any door is open Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 Doors do not lock with the door handle request switch or the rear hatch request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with an other Intelligent Key A CAUTION After locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles or the rear hatch opener switch When locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession be fore operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been de tected by the Intelligent Key system 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked inside the vehicle lockout protec tion is equipped with the Intelligent Key When the driver s side door is open the doors are locked and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed the lock will automatically unlock and the door buzzer sounds N
117. E LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING it is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed BpIbaray PA LIGPATE a f Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Before mounting the license plate confirm the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag TERMS License plate bracket It is important to familiarize yourself with License plate bracket screws x2 the following terms before loading your Use the following steps to mount the front license vehicle plate Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo 1 Hold the license plate bracket and mount the license plate bracket using the two screws to the facia Technical and consumer information 9 13 GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S certification
118. EPEAT DISC RANDOM FOLDER RANDOM DISC RE PEAT TRACK REPEAT The track that is currently play ing will be repeated DISC RANDOM The order of the tracks on the disc will be mixed during play DISC REPEAT The disc currently playing will be repeated FOLDER REPEAT The tracks in the current folder will be repeated FOLDER RANDOM The order of the tracks in the folder will be mixed during play SCAN CDs button Press the SCAN button for less than 1 5 seconds to scan all tracks of the current disc for 10 sec onds per track The SCAN icon is flashed during scan mode The scan mode is canceled once it scans through all tracks on the disc or if the SCAN button is pressed during scan mode 4 amp CD EJECT When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When the amp button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc will eject and the system will turn off AUX Auxiliary button The AUX IN jack is located on the CD player The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cas sette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop com puters Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack Press the MENU button repeatedly until AUX IN Volume appears on the screen to control the incoming volume level of the auxiliary input de vice Turn the TUNE FOLD
119. ER knob to adjust the level between O and 3 Additional features For more information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system see Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 12 DISP button 13 Station select 1 6 buttons 14 i44 PPI Forward and Backward SEEK TRACK buttons 15 VOL volume control knob power button 16 CD button 17 FM AM button 1 amp CD eject button 7 AUX button 2 RPT button 8 A Z button 3 RDM button 9 ENTER button and TUNE MENU con 4 Display screen trol knob 5 SCAN button 10 S back button 6 USB button 11 SETUP button 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL volume control knob power button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position then press the VOL volume control knob power button If you listen to the radio with the engine not running place the igni tion in the ACC position The mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing When no CD is loaded the radio comes on Pressing the VOL volume control knob power button again turns the system off
120. ION Range FM range Is normally limited to 25 30 mi 40 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM Exter nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same char acteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM sig
121. N SIGNAL SWITCH LIC2127 Type A HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting AM When turning the switch to the D posi tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on 2 When turning the switch to the 2 posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on WIC1509 Type B A CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Headlight beam select To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the 20 light illuminates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the headlight switch is in the D4 position the headlights will turn off after a period of time or 2 A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position Turn the headlight switch to the position for fu
122. NG OWS ceed Fasten oe ta e EEE 2 36 Power windows if so equipped 065 2 36 Manual windows if so equipped 065 2 38 mterior NGM s 22 eters eecetacedsetegave seGeaste at 2 39 MAC GU ct2ccesetesaetteee EE E T E AEE 2 39 Luggage compartment light nnna asasan nnana 2 40 INSTRUMENT PANEL 2 2 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 24 Driver s supplemental air bag horn P 1 42 2 27 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Instruments and controls 4 Oy SG i Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 22 2 23 Center ventilator P 4 22 Defroster switch P 2 24 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Climate control P 4 23 22 Audio system P 4 31 Upper glove box P 2 33 Passenger s supplemental air bag P 1 42 Side ventilator P 4 22 Lower glove box P 2 33 Upper glove box release handle P 2 33 Cup holders P 2 31 Shift lever P 5 15 Ignition switch Push button ignition switch P 5 8 5 10 Tilt steering P 3 29 Hood release lever P 3 24 Fuel filler lid release lever P 3 26 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch P 2 29 Outside mirror control switch P 3 31 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details METERS AND GAUGES LIC2146 Type A 1 Tachometer 5 Speedometer 2 Temperature gauge 6 Trip odometer reset s
123. NTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as fol lows 1 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli gent Key 2 Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing 3 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2025 or equiva lent Do not touch the internal circuit and elec tric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity Make sure that the side faces the bot tom of the case 4 Close the lid securely as illustrated and 5 Operate the buttons to check the operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licen
124. NTS a a a ea on ed ee wh ae wa 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Corrosion protection 7 5 Cruise CONMGM s s ces hie w Sx o m a Gm a 5 21 Cup holders 6 4 8 Se ek we ee oe he a 2 31 Curtain side impact air bag system See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system 1 54 10 2 D Daytime running light system Canada only 2 25 Defroster switch Rear window defroster switch Dimensions and weights 9 9 Dimmer switch for instrument panel Display controls see control panel buttons 4 4 Door locks y re sx ee oe Sate Swe amp ee g 3 5 Door open warning light 2 14 Dive Dells 4 s 26 e See ce ae Owe es 8 15 Driving Cold weather driving 5 31 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 0 5 15 Driving with manual transmission 5 18 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E Economy fuel ik a ee me ee ee ee 5 25 Emission control information label 9 11 Emission control system warranty 9 18 Engine Before starting the engine 5 13 Block heater 206 5 32 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 02000 9 2 Changing engine coolant aaa 8 8 Changing engine oill 8 9 Changing engine oillfilter 8 10 Checking engine coolant level 8
125. OTE The doors may not lock when the Intelli gent Key is in the same hand that is oper ating the request switch to lock the door Put the Intelligent Key in a purse pocket or your other hand A CAUTION The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the rear parcel shelf When the Intelligent Key is placed on the cargo cover When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the glove box or a storage bin When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the door pockets When the Intelligent Key is placed on or under the spare tire area When the Intelligent Key is placed in side or near metallic materials Unlocking doors 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Push the door handle request switch 1 or the rear hatch request switch 3 The hazard warning lights flash once and the outside buzzer sounds once 4 Push the door handle request switch 1 again within 1 minute to unlock all doors and the rear hatch If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors that door may not be unlocked Returning the door handle to its original position will unlock the door If the doordoes not unlock after return ing the door handle push the door handle re quest switch to unlock the door All doors and the rear hatch will be locked auto matically unless one of the following
126. Ou Technical and consumer information 9 21 MEMO 9 22 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System 5 28 Air bag See supplemental restraint system A a d kod od Wow Ge ae ok eee 1 42 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact air bag system 24 eis eee a vad 1 49 Side and curtain See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact airbag system 005 1 54 Air bag warning labels 1 56 Air bag warning light 1 57 2 17 Air cleaner housing filter 8 17 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 26 Air conditioner service 4 31 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 7 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 23 Servicing air conditioner 4 31 Air flow charts 008 4 27 Anchor point locations 1 25 Antenna iced Bee bk Sk ee ee eR RA 4 72 Anti lock brake warning light 2 13 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 28 ArmrestS 6 ce See ae ye Bl He eg oe 1 5 Around View Monitor 4 14 Audible reminders a naaa aa aaa 2 20 Audio system 2 0 eee a 4 31 Bluetooth audio 4 68 4 69 Compact disc CD player 4 42 4 47 4 52 4 57 FM AM radio with compact disc CD DIVE a aS o oa ee othe be ee A 4 45 FM AM radio with compa
127. P SMARTPHONE INTEGRATION if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with Smartphone Inte gration technology This allows many compatible Smartphone applications to be displayed and easily controlled through the vehicle s touch screen NOTE A compatible smartphone and registration is required to use mobile applications or to access connected features of certain ve hicle applications REGISTERING WITH NISSANCONNECT APP To use the Smartphone Integration feature it Is necessary for the user to register In order to register visit the NissanConnect website www nissanusa com connect and sign up or create an account through the prompts on the NissanConnect App Once registered down load the NissanConnect App from your com patible phone s application download source and then log into the application If you already have an account created through the App please log in CONNECT PHONE To use this feature a compatible smartphone must be connected via Bluetooth or USB to the vehicle For additional information on connecting your phone refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section NOTE For Apple iPhones NissanConnect Apps REQUIRES the phone to be plugged in via USB NOTE For Android phones NissanConnect Apps REQUIRES the phone to be paired via Bluetooth APPLICATION DOWNLOAD Once connected the NissanConnect App will search your phone
128. Park warning light in the instrument The shift lever is not in the P Park position Make sure that the shift lever is in the P the engine panel illuminates and the inside chime Park position sounds continuously When opening the driver s door A warning chime sounds continuously The ignition switch is in the ACC position icra i Seen ee When pushing the door handle request The outside chime sounds for approximately The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you switch to lock the door a few seconds A door is not closed securely Close the door securely The key warning light in the instrument The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF panel blinks the outside chime sounds 3 position position times and the inside warning chime sounds for approximately 3 seconds When closing the doors The P Park warning light in the instrument The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF Make sure that the shift lever is in the P panel illuminates and the outside chime position and the shift lever is not in the P Park position and place the ignition switch sounds continuously Park position in the OFF position The outside chime sounds for approximately The Intelligent Key is in the vehicle Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you 3 seconds and all doors unlock When stopping the engine The P Park position warning
129. Pressthe button on the control panel The Phone screen will appear on the dis play 2 Select one of the following options to make a call Phonebook Select the name from an entry stored in the vehicle phonebook Call Lists Select the name from the in coming outgoing or missed Redial Dial the last outgoing call from the vehicle e H8 Input the phone number manually using a keypad displayed on the screen For information on how to use the touch screen see How to use the touch screen in this section RECEIVING A CALL When a call is placed to the connected phone the display will change to phone mode To accept the incoming call either e Press the button on the steering wheel or 4 92 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Touch the green phone icon on the screen To reject the incoming call either Press the wheel or button on the steering Touch the red phone icon on the screen DURING A CALL While a call is active the following options are available on the screen e Handset Select this option to switch control of the phone call over to the handset Mute Mic Select this option to mute the microphone Select again to unmute the microphone Red phone icon Select to end the phone call ENDING A CALL To end a phone call select the red phone icon on the screen or press the
130. RE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic AWARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire Do not rapidly apply the brakes Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When ap
131. S with Easy Fill Tire Alert if so equipped When adding air to an under inflated tire the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle to help you inflate the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle in a safe and level place 2 Apply the parking brake and place the shift lever into the P Park position 3 Place the ignition switch to the ON position Do not start the engine Operation 1 Add air to the tire 2 After a few seconds the hazard indicators will start flashing Starting and driving 5 5 3 When the designated pressure is reached the horn beeps once and the hazard indica tors stop flashing 4 Perform the above steps for each tire If the tire is over inflated more than ap proximately 4 psi 80 kPa the horn beeps and the hazard indicators flash 3 times To correct the pressure push the core of the valve stem on the tire briefly to release pressure When the pressure reaches the designated pressure the horn beeps once If the hazard indicator does not flash within approximately 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire it indicates that the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not operating The TPMS will not activate the Easy Fill Tire Alert under the following conditions If there is interference from an external device or transmitter The air pressure from the inflation device is not sufficient to inflate the t
132. SB device will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RPT repeat button When the RPT button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied TUNE SCROLL knob If there are multiple folders with audio files on the USB device turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder If there is only one folder of audio files on the USB device turning the TUNE SCROLL knob in either direction will re turn to the first track on the USB device USB INTERFACE models with Navigation System if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB input jack AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of y
133. SSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle A CAUTION Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect system function DOORS When the doors are locked using one of the following methods the doors cannot be opened using the inside or outside door handles The doors must be unlocked to open the doors AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents LPD2160 Driver s side and Passenger side if so equipped LOCKING WITH KEY Manual if so equipped To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle 4 To unlock turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 LPD2161 Power if so equipped The power door loc
134. TER SETTING button to com plete the adjustment Do not adjust the display settings of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is mov ing For vehicles with Navigation System 1 Firmly apply the brake and place the shift lever in R reverse 2 Press the 2 button on the control panel 3 The screen will display the Night settings 4 Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to adjust the setting up or down Press the 4 2 button again to access the Auto settings Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to adjust the setting up or down Do not adjust the display settings of the Rear View Monitor while the vehicle is moving OPERATING TIPS A CAUTION Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discoloration To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with a di luted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera as the moni tor screen may be adversely affected Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 When the shift lever is shifted to R Re verse the monitor screen automatically changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard It may take some time until the RearView Monitor is displayed after the shift lever has been shifted to R Reverse Objects may be distorted momentarily until the RearView Monitor screen is displayed completely When the shift lever is returned to a position other than R Re
135. TION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle lf a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle lf a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modification not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt gt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice TPM
136. U button repeatedly until Adjust Clock appears on the display 2 Press the MENU button 3 Change Hour will appear on the screen Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the hours and then press MENU 4 Change Minute will appear on the screen Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the minutes and then press MENU The display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds if no further adjustment is per formed FM AM radio operation AM and FM buttons Press the AM button to change the band to AM If another audio source is playing when the AM button is pressed the audio source playing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing Press the FM button to change the band as follows FM1 FM2 FM1 If another audio source is playing when the FM button is pressed the audio source playing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception A v SEEK and TRACK tuning buttons Press the SEEK button 4 to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcast ing station Press the TRACK button Y totune from high to low frequencies and stop at the next broad
137. a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS if so equipped Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaneris applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you
138. aced in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illumi nated For more information see Low tire pres sure warning light in this section Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in Starting and driv ing and Wheels and tires in Maintenance and do it yourself section of this Owner s Manual LIC2151 Type A TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev the engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce en gine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage Instruments and controls 2 7 2 8 Instruments and controls LIC2761 LIC2501 Type A ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE NOTE The ignition switch must be placed in the ON position for the gauge to give a reading The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature will vary with the outside air temperature and driving con ditions A CAUTION If the gauge indicates a coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease the temperature If the gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In ca
139. additional infor mation refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 29 POWER OUTLET The power outlet is for powering electrical acces sories such as cellular telephones The outlet is rated at 12 volt 120 W 10A maximum A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional information 2 30 Instruments and controls Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 240 W 20A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner if so equipped headlights or rear window defroster if so equipped is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any other liquid to contact the outlet STORAGE MAP POCKETS o LIC2113 LIC2159 SEATBACK POCKETS STORAGE TRAYS Front The seatback pockets
140. ade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance See Recom mended fluids lubricants and capacities in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval 9 6 Technical and consumer information API service symbol Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a g
141. ake longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Continuously Variable Transmission CVT P Park position mechanism if so equipped On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Parking brake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seat back recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints headrests move up and down smoothly and the locks hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate p
142. all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message dis plays in the odometer one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitor ing System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven l
143. amount to the GVWR specified for your vehicle to determine how much more weight your vehicle can carry 3 After loading cargo and passen gers re weigh your vehicle to deter mine if either GVWR or GAWR for your vehicle is exceeded If GVWR is exceeded remove cargo as neces sary If either the front or rear GAWR is exceeded shift the load or remove Cargo as necessary Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX aes lbs on your vehicle s placard Load limit Remaining available 1 400 Ib R R rT cargo and luggage 2 Determine the combined weight of 640 kg load capacity the driver and passengers that will be 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 1 040 Ib riding in your vehicle 70 kg 135 kg 14kg 27 kg 472 kg 3 Occupants Luggage Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the avail Occupants Luggage Ea able amount of cargo and luggage Load limit Remaining available load capacity For example if the 1 400 Ib rTM cargo and luggage XXX amount equals 1 400 Ibs and 640 kg load capacity there will be five 150 Ib passengers TA E cele SASE 500 Ib in your vehicle the amount of avail 70kg 340 kg 14kg 70 kg 227 kg able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1 400 750 5 X 150 650 Ibs or 640 34
144. and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Bosch VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System features using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system For additional information refer to NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section amp Bluetooth Voice Prompt Interrupt While using the voice recognition system the system voice can be interrupted to allow the user to speak commands While the system is speak ing press the amp F button on the steering wheel The system voice will stop and a tone will be heard After the tone speak desired command displayed on the touch screen One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the button and after the tone say Call Redial ares INFORMATION SiriusKM Travel Link
145. and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder MANUAL TRANSMISSION if so equipped The ignition switch includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driv ing The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel place the igni tion switch in the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel in sert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steering wheel slightly right and left IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position Starting and driving 5 9 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by anot
146. and do it yourself section of this manual NISSAN Intelligent Key warning light if so equipped The Intelligent Key warning light illuminates green when the ignition switch can be turned The Intelligent Key warning light illuminates red when the ignition switch cannot be turned The Intelligent Key warning light blinks red if the Intelligent Key is taken outside of the vehicle while the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position f the Intelligent Key warning light blinks make sure of the location of the Intelligent Key as soon as possible The Intelligent Key should be carried by the driver while operat ing the vehicle The Intelligent Key warning light turns off about 10 seconds after the Intelligent Key is brought inside the vehicle The Intelligent Key warning light blinks green indicating that the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged See NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section Power steering warning light AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When
147. anges speak a command Available commands are discussed in this section 4 96 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Voice and display feedback are provided when the command is accepted If the command is not recognized the sys tem announces Command not recog nized Repeat the command in a clear voice If you want to cancel the command or go back to the previous menu of commands press the button The system will an nounce Cancelling voice recognition or Go back depending on the current menu level Press the BACK button on the control panel to move back through the menus displayed on the screen If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback use the volume control switches on the steering wheel or the volume knob on the control panel The voice command screen can also be accessed using the control panel display Press the ars button Touch the Voice Commands key Operating tips To get the best performance out of NISSAN Voice Recognition observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 3 5 sec
148. ap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor LRS2394 Forward facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO668 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt WRS0681 Forward facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack WRS0698 Forward facing step 8 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as nec
149. apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob or the NISSAN Intelligent Key ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For additional information refer to Engine cool ing system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information refer to Bat tery in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For additional information refer to Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON
150. are located on the back of WARNING CUP HOLDERS the driver and front passenger seat The pockets A CAUTION can be used to store maps Do not place sharp objects in the trays to A help prevent injury in an accident or sud Avoid abrupt starting and braking when den stop the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident Instruments and controls 2 31 LIC2162 LIC2656 LIC2158 Rear Type A Rear Type B Bottle holder Lower the rear center armrest to access the cup CAUTION holders Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident e Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers 2 32 Instruments and controls JEA GLOVE BOX Upper glove box Open the upper glove box by pulling the handle A WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop Lower glove box Open the lower glove box by pulling the handle A WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop Instruments and controls 2 33 CARGO COVER if so equipped AWARNING Never put anything on the cargo cover no matter how small Any object on it could cause an i
151. area Return the spare tire basket back to its original position in the reverse order of removal See Getting the spare tire and tools in this section Spare tire basket bolt tightening torque 64 to 86 N m 48 to 63 ft Ib NOTE The spare tire basket cannot be used to store the conventional tire AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after each use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an ac cident or sudden stop Make sure that the spare tire basket is properly secured in its original position after removing the spare tire The spare tire and small size spare tire are designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING e If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres ent in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into
152. arge switch 2 OUTSIDE MIRRORS Manual folding outside mirrors AWARNING Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it Do not adjust the mirrors while driving Heated mirrors if so equipped You could lose control of your vehicle Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost and cause an accident defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi e Objects viewed in the outside mirror on tional information refer to Rear window and the passenger side are closer than they outside mirror defroster switch in the Instru appear Be careful when moving to the ments and controls section of this manual right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 MEMO 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Control panel buttons color screen with Navigation System if so equipped n nananana 4 4 How to use the touch screen 00 eee eee 4 5 How to use the BACK button 0 eee 4 7 How to use the APPS button 0 00a 4 7 MID button oe ec cec ee c ee eee rreran 4 9 How to use the CAMERA button 4 9 RearView Monitor if so equipped 05 4 10 How to read the displayed lines 4 11 Difference between predicted and actual GISIANCES s
153. arked in quotes refer to a key shown only on the display These keys can be selected by touching the screen HOW TO USE THE TOUCH SCREEN A CAUTION The glass display screen may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass screen breaks do not touch it Doing so could result in an injury To clean the display never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To help ensure safe driving some functions can not be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then oper ate the navigation system AWARNING e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 ZE SETTINGS Phone amp g Bluetooth Touch screen operation previous screen Selecting the item Touch an item to select To select the Audio key touch the Audio key on the screen Touch the BACK key to return to the Adjusting the item Touch the key
154. arning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or preten sioner systems will not operate in an acci dent To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition switch should always be placed in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the v
155. arting and driving section of this manual Fol low these recommendations for the future reli ability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life Printing June 2014 Publication No OM15EM OE12U1 Printed in UV SA 15 E12 D
156. ase tab A and then move the wiper blade down 1 the wiper arm to remove 3 Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure Be careful not to let anything get into the washer nozzle A This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If something gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin Rear window wiper blade Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replace ment is required BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied The rear drum type brakes self adjust every time the parking brake is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The n
157. at belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in seri ous personal injury 1 53 Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unau thorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could af fect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual p KIA Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag systems The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails All of the information cautions and warnings in this manual must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are s
158. ays follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery de vice NOTE Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or vehicle recovery Rocking a stuck vehicle A WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC System 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive CVT models or 1st Low and R Reverse M T models Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R Reverse and D Drive CVT models or 1st Low and R Reverse M T models Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 17 MEMO 6 18 Incase of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior f5 0Zinsnn dene rnern 7 2 Air fresheners 20cesncsndueecpas diese ote epee 7 4 WVOSMING wascnecesdeedoedasesereee
159. be a little different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity re Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants a titer OCS Tosg oo ATL __ See Fuel recommendation inthis section Engine oil For further details see Engine oil and oil Drain and refill filter recommendations in this section a Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent a oll filter 3 3 8 qt 2 7 8 at 3 2L Engine oil with API Certification Mark sange Viscosity SAE 5W 30 HR16DE As an alternative to this recommended oil SAE 5W 30 or SAE 10W 30 conventional petroleum based oils may be used and meet all Without oil filter change 3 1 8 qt 2 5 8 qt 3 0 L specifications and requirements necessary to maintain the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Cooling system WT 1 3 4 gal 1 1 2 gal z Pre diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Gooiing spem OT 1 7 8 gal 1 5 8 gal hiner Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Multi 75W 85 or equivalent Manual transmisciomocar ol If Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid HQ Multi is not available API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 may be used as a temporary replacement However use Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid HQ Multi as soon as it is available 9 2 Technical and consumer information Continuo
160. be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY PRECAUTION OPERATION Do not push the door handle request switch You can lock or unlock the doors without taking with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as the key out of your pocket or bag illustrated The close distance to the door When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you handle will cause the Intelligent Key system can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli handle request switch or rear hatch request gent Key is outside the vehicle switch within the range of operation After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments Locking doors 1 Place the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 2 Close all doors and the rear hatch Push any door handle request switch 4 or the rear hatch request switch while car rying the Intelligent Key with you All doors and the rear hatch will lock 5 The hazard warning lights flash twice and the outside buzzer sounds once NOTE Doors lock with the door handle request switch or rear hatch request switch while the ignition switch is pushed in Doors lock with the door handle request switch or the rear hatch request switch while the ignition switch is not in the LO
161. belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer 1 15 Center of the rear bench seat AWARNING The center seat belt has a connector tongue 1 e Always fasten the connector tongue and a seat belt tongue Both the connector and the seat belt in the order shown tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt operation e Always make sure both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue are secured when using the seat belt or installing a child restraint Do not use the seat belt or child restraint with only the seat belt tongue attached This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Stowing the center seat belt When folding down the rear seat the rear center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed posit
162. ble of contents Rear window wiper and washer switch P 2 23 Rear window washer nozzle P 2 23 Rear window and rear window defroster P 2 24 Mirrors and outside mirror defroster if so equipped P 3 30 Child safety rear door lock P 3 7 Replacing bulbs P 8 25 Rear hatch opener P 3 25 Interior hatch release P 3 26 Rear hatch opener switch if so equipped NISSAN Intelligent Key rearview camera if so equipped P 3 25 3 14 4 10 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Cargo cover if so equipped P 2 34 Rear seat P 1 4 Interior lights P 2 39 Front seat P 1 2 Sun visors P 3 29 Map lights P 2 39 Glove box P 2 33 Parking brake P 5 20 Rear armrest if so equipped P 1 5 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details a eS Oh a 9 illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 0 6 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 24 Driver s supplemental air bag horn P 1 42 2 27 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Illustrated table of contents 4 Oy SG i Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 22 2 23 Center ventilator P 4 22 Defroster switch P 2 24 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Climate control P 4 23 22 Audio system P 4 31 Upper glove box P 2 33 Passenger s supplemental air bag P 1 42 Side ventilator P
163. burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA CD Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 Compact disc with MP3 or WMA Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal Terms are converted from analog to digital A D MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures conversion per second Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative
164. c feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that 1 or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is re quired while driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve hicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC System helps to perform the follow
165. ccidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the unlock position the door can be opened from the outside or the inside When the lever is in the LOCK position 1 the door can be opened only from the out side Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM models without NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use The remote keyless entry keyfob trans mits radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and com munication systems Do not operate the remote keyless entry keyfob while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored for a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn the interior lights on and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends on the conditions around the vehicle 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments As many as 5 keyfobs can be use
166. ce exempt RSS _ standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb They can be replaced from inside the engine compartment without removing the headlight as sembly A CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed in side the bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped Aiming should not be necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjust ment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer e Do not leave the headlight assembly open without a bulb installed for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly just before a replacement bulb is installed Only touch the base when handling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope Touching the glass could significantly affect bulb life and or headlight performance Use the same number and wattage as shown in the chart Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 1 Disconnect the battery negative cable 2 Disconnect the electrical connector from the rear end of the bulb 3 Rotate the
167. ce must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice Instruments and controls 2 21 LIC0474 Security indicator light For vehicles without Intelligent Key This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position For vehicles with Intelligent Key This light blinks when the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position with the key removed from the ignition switch This function indicates the NISSAN Vehicle Im mobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position 2 22 Instruments and controls If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH LIC2153 Type A SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Q Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster 2 Low LO continuous low speed operation 3 High HI continuous high speed opera tion LIC2131 Type
168. cel Random mode touch the Random key until the key is no longer highlighted Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the CD If an MP3 CD is playing touching Repeat Repeat alternates between repeating the current song and repeating the current folder This text will appear on the display To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until the key is no longer highlighted Touch the Browse key to display the titles on the CD in list format Touch the title of a song in the list to begin Browse playing that song If an MP3 CD is playing touching the Browse key will also list the folders on the disc Fol low the procedure for selecting a song with the touch screen to choose a folder 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems dq gt gt I SEEK Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the seek buttons M4 or PP for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the but ton is released the compact disc returns to nor mal play speed lt lt gt l SEEK buttons Press the seek button M4 while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the seek button M4 several times to skip backward sev eral tracks Press the seek button Pl while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing
169. choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily than with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by the tire dressing manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens AWARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can dam age the seat or occupant classification sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury 7 4 Appearance and care A C
170. cleaner filter off Be cautious working on the engine when the air cleaner is off To remove the filter from the air cleaner release the retaining clips then release the holders at the back of the unit Pull the unit upward 2 The viscous paper type filter element should not be cleaned and reused The dry paper type filter element may be cleaned and reused Replace the air filter according to the maintenance log shown in a Separate maintenance booklet When replacing the air filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer fluid or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer fluid or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper install new windshield wiper blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push and hold the rele
171. contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water e Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle In case of emergency 6 11 Whenever working on or near a battery Vehicle being jump started always wear suitable eye protectors for RX A ad example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal K Mio Stee bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it Cloth 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift lever WARNIN A to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Always follow the instructions below Fail Park Continuously Variable Transmission ure to do so could result in damage to the Switch off all unnecessary electrical sys charging system and cause personal tems lights heater air conditioner etc injury 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the 2 vehicles to bring their batter ies near each other 3 Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with an old cloth to reduce explosion hazard 4 Connect jumper cables in the sequence il Do not allow
172. ct disc CD DIQVer 2 0 4 6 bag Soh Oe RS oH ae 4 40 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD DIAVElx os a ak bare We ey we A 4 49 4 54 Audio System iPod Player 2 seas 4 63 4 65 Audio system RadO 2 wa one o heb ae ee eS 4 31 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 70 USB interface 4 59 4 61 Automatic Automatic power window switch 2 38 Automatic transmission position indicator NGM s och Ge 6 oe Gate ee ee eee a 2 18 Automatic door locks 3 7 AUX jacko ca bea hw Sk OS 4 43 4 45 4 59 B BANS es 2 eee oe oa oe 8 13 Charge warning light 2 14 Before starting the engine 5 13 Belt See drive belt 04 8 15 Block heater EAOa as 4882 6 eae ee ee 5 32 Bluetooth audio 4 68 4 69 Bluetooth hands free phone system 4 DS ALS Fr 4 74 4 89 Boosterseats 20004 1 39 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 28 Brake tid s o s poea ae 6 ok ee we 8 11 Brake light See stop light 8 27 Brake system x wi he a oe wh 5 27 Brake warning light 2 13 Brake wear Indicators 2 20 8 19 Parking brake operation 5 20 Self adjusting brakes 8 19 Braks 2 cabs eee ook oe oe oes oY 8 19 Break in schedule 5 23 Brightness contrast button 4 9 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 2 26 Bulb check instrument panel 2 13 Bulb
173. ct disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play MEDIA button With a CD loaded press the MEDIA button until the CD mode is displayed on the screen CD MP3 display mode While listening to an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been encoded with text information Depending on how the MP3 WMA CD is encoded informa tion such as Artist Song and Folder will be dis played The track number and the total number of tracks in the current folder or on the current disc are displayed on the screen as well dq gt I SEEK CAT Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and hold the SEEK CAT button 4 or PPI for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an in creased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed PE gt gt I SEEK CAT button Press the SEEK CAT button M4 while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the SEEK CAT button M4 several times to skip backward sev eral tracks Press the SEEK CAT button P while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK CAT button P several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is
174. ction For more information about the Voice Com mands key see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section XE SETTINGS To select and or adjust several functions fea tures and modes that are available for your ve hicle 1 Press the aPrs button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the desired item Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 po Menuiter Rest Display Mode Adjusts to fit the level of lighting in the vehicle Touch key to cycle through options Day and Night modes are suited for the respec tive times of day while Auto controls the display automatically Clock Mode Adjust the mode for the clock Auto uses the system s GPS to automatically maintain the time Manual allows you to set the clock using the Set Clock Manually key Set Clock Adjust the clock manually Touch the or keys to adjust the hours minutes day month and year up or down Clock Mode must Manually be set to manual for this option to be available ings Time Brightness Adjust touch screen brightness Adjust touch screen contrast Adjust touch screen color 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Touch this key to change the temperature unit being displayed Fahrenheit or Celsius Touchscreen click click Toggles the touch screen click feature on or off When activated a click sound will be heard eve
175. d remove and replace it at this time See Changing engine oil filter in this section AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The en gine oil may be hot Waste oil must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself Clean and reinstall the drain plug anda new washer Securely tighten the drain plug A with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft lb 29 39 N m Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap B securely See Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil
176. d check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks 4 This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some engine oil be tween oil maintenance intervals depending on the severity of operating conditions or depending on the property of the engine oil used More engine oil is consumed by fre quent acceleration deceleration especially when the engine rpm is high Consumption is likely to be higher when the engine is new If the rate of oil consumption after driving for 3 000 miles 5 000 km is more than 0 5 liter per 600 miles 1 000 km con sult a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 3 Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise Place a large drain pan under the drain plug Remove the drain plug with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oll If the oil filter is to be change
177. d it down Q To close the window pull the switch up 2 Locking passengers windows When the window lock switch is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function Instruments and controls 2 37 of N LIC0410 Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening To fully close a window equipped with automatic operation pull the switch up to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically closes all the way To stop the win dow press the switch down while the window is closing 2 38 Instruments and controls Auto reverse function The auto reverse function can be activated when a window is closed by automatic operation Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs A WARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window If the vehicle s battery is disconnected replaced or jump started the power window auto re
178. d the compact disc begins to play 4 42 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CD button When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the last used compact disc starts to play A v SEEK and TRACK Fast Forward Rewind buttons When the SEEK button 4 or TRACK Y button is pressed while the compact disc is play ing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed A Vv SEEK and TRACK buttons When the SEEK 4 button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track follow ing the present one starts to play from the begin ning Press the SEEK 4 button several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD advances one additional track The track number appears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played When the TRACK Y button is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press the TRACK Y button several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back one track RPT repeat RDM random button Press the RPT RDM button while a compact disc is playing to change the play pattern as follows CD TRACK REPEAT DISC RANDOM DISC REPEAT MP3 WMA CD FOLDER REPEAT TRACK R
179. d to the system the phonebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle This feature allows you to access your phonebook from the Bluetooth system and call contacts by name You can record a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has difficulty recognizing For additional information refer to Record name in this section 4 84 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session For additional information about recording custom voice tags for list entries that the system has difficulty pronouncing refer to Record name Record Name The system allows you to record custom voice tags for contact names in the phonebook that the vehicle has difficulty recognizing This feature can also be used to record voice tags to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system Recent Calls Main Menu R
180. d voice recognition systems 4 37 iPod player if so equipped Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc are not displayed properly on the vehicle center screen We recommend using English or Spanish lan guage characters with an iPod Large video podcast files cause slow re sponses in the iPod The vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover If the iPod automatically selects large video podcast files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly The iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using the iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on the iPod The iPod nano 1st Generation may re main in fast forward or rewind mode ff it is connected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod If you are using an iPod 8rd Generation with Dock connector do not use very long names for the song title album name or artist name to prevent the iPod from resetting itself Be careful not to do the following or the cable
181. d with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the keyfob Do not allow the keyfob which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the keyfob Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the keyfob Wetting may damage the keyfob If the keyfob gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the keyfob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the keyfob with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the keyfob near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the keyfob from un authorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure please contact a NISSAN dealer HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors 1 Close all windows Remo
182. d with these in place 4 100 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems MEMO Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 101 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 008 5 2 Three way CalalSlies2 Geeuetueneeteraumes act uey 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS if SO equipped 1 cece cece eee eee nee 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover 05 5 6 Off road recovery 0 6 cone eus 264 c8d osc eentaenea 5 6 Rapid air pressure lOSS 0 0 0 cece eee eee ees 5 7 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 7 Ignition switch if so equipped 0ce eee eee 5 8 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT if SO equipped n 6 nunnana nnn nrnna 5 8 Manual transmission if so equipped 5 9 Ignition switch positionS ssasass esseen 5 9 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 5 10 Push Button Ignition Switch if so equipped 5 10 Operating range ics 2anetneneee ee ereeerenen vs 5 11 Push button ignition switch positions 5 11 Emergency engine shut off 0 0 eee 5 12 NISSAN Intelligent Key battery discharge 5 12 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 5 13 Before starting the engine 96 5 13 Starting the engine si vdneiseevenenteersektadves ME 5 14 Driving the vehicle sie deca e c
183. de to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it The child restraint top tether strap must be used forward and check to see if the LATCH at when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments 2 Anchor point tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH First secure the child restraint with the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint lower anchors in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 2nd row bench seat Outboard seating positions 1 Remove the head restraint headrest and store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional infor mation refer to Head _ restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information 2 Position the top tether strap over the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the bottom of the seatback be hind the child restraint 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack Center seat
184. dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system OD Overdrive OFF indicator light OFF CVT models if so equipped The overdrive OFF indicator light illuminates when the overdrive off mode is selected For additional information see Continuously Variable Transmission CVT in the Starting and driving section of this manual Security indicator light For vehicles without Intelligent Key This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position For vehicles with Intelligent Key This light blinks when the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position with the key removed from the ignition switch The blinking security indicator light indicates that the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational Instruments and controls 2 19 For additional information see Security sys tems in this section Side light and headlight indicator light green if so equipped The side light and headlight indicator light illumi nates when the side light or headlight position is selected For additional information refer to Headlight and turn signal switch in this section R Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system or the
185. e P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position R Reverse speed is limited to 30 MPH 48 km h Do not exceed 30 MPH 48 km h in the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be de pressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Re verse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving L Low Use this position for maximum engine braking on steep downhill gradients climbing steep slopes and whenever approaching sharp bends Do not use the L Low position in any other circum stances Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the foot brake pedal depressed To move the shift lever perform the following procedure 1 Place the ignition switch into the LOCK po sition and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Using a protective cloth on the tip of a3 mm screwdriver remove the shift lock release cover f available a plastic trim tool can also be used 4 Push down the shift lock release
186. e NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the direc tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacturer s instructions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of cool ant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue includ ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill cool ant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level C If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiat
187. e Phone system without Navigation section FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator STEREO is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception XM band select Press the XM button to change the band as follows XM1 XM2 XM3 XM1 When the XM button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the VOL control knob is pressed ON When the XM button is pressed the satellite radio reception will not be available unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled and a SirlusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not avail able in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the XM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on TUNE SCROLL knob Tuning Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to the left or right for manual tuning lt lt gt Pi SEEK tuning
188. e area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake and clutch fluid if so equipped and windshield washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and head restraints headrests adjust Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is placed in the ON posi tion See Warning indicator lights and au dible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Starting and driving 5 13 STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 CVT model Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neu tral P Park is recommended The shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift lever is in any of the driving positions Manual transmission model Move the shift lever to N Neutral Depress the clutch pedal to the floor while cranking the engine The starter is designed not to operate f the engine is very hard to start in ex trem
189. e basket and remove it from the 6 Lower the tire basket slowly to the ground 7 Reinstall the tire basket by pushing upward hook by pushing the basket upward and and then put in the temporary spare tire on the basket 5 and inserting the hook moving the hook 3 to release the basket In case of emergency 6 9 AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire tire basket and jacking equipment are properly secured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and Tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual When reinstalling the spare tire basket under the vehicle after use be sure that the hook engages the basket from the inside If the spare tire basket hook is not engaged properly there is an in creased risk of the spare tire separating from the vehicle in a crash and causing injury Please be sure that the hook is located as 8 Tighten the bolt 8 clockwise until the bolt is shown in the image 7 The hook must tight using the wheel nut wrench and engage from the inside of the basket wrench extension to move the tire basket up to the holding position 6 10 Incase of emergency Stowing the damaged tire Securely store the damaged tire in the cargo area as illustrated Securely store the jack and tools in the storage
190. e by pushing the trip computer change button on the instrument panel located near the speedometer for 3 seconds while the wrench symbol and distance to oil change are displayed The symbol and distance display will start flashing and the display shows the current interval Push the switch to increase the interval distance Each step increases the interval dis tance by 500 mi 1 000 km Theinterval distance can be set up to 18 000 mi 30 000 km after which the display returns to zero If no further action is made the display returns to oil display status indication and the new interval is set If the interval distance is set to O the display will skip the distance to oil change information and wrench symbol display mode In order to return to the distance to oil change information and wrench symbol display mode push the trip com puter change button A on the instrument panel located near the speedometer for approxi mately 3 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and adjust the distance to oil change schedule as previously described See the Warranty Information amp Maintenance Booklet for the appropriate interval distance to oil change A CAUTION The oil level should be checked regu larly Operating with insufficient amount of oil level can damage the en gine and such damage is not covered by the warranty NISSAN recommends checking the oil level every 3 000 mi 5 000 km I
191. e ignition switch is placed in the ON position the high temperature warning light illu minates and then turns off This indicates that the high temperature sensor in the engine coolant system Is operational A CAUTION If the high temperature warning light illu minates while the engine is running it may indicate the engine temperature is extremely high Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible If the vehicle is over heated continuing vehicle operation may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section a Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches E Empty showing no more fuel bars roy Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate CHECK TIRE PRES pres
192. e in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones 4 90 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Ifthe hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone owner s manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc The signal strength display on the monitor will not coincide with the signal strength display of some cellular phones REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference
193. e peueeoweeess 7 2 PIOOF E O E E E sean 7 4 WAKING e irgo aa danae E EA o uaaa 1 2 Ded Dele ETETE EEEE TPT 7 5 Removing SpOtS 60 cece eee eee eee eens 7 3 CoMOSIONPICHECION naw eociuswneviassenveaei aues 7 5 MNOCIDOOY 22600654054 2cteenge0tsede re nacssagad 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle NESS 2c caccng statis igenweceeceaasconee d4ecaes 7 3 CONOS O crise ae ceteve cisco EE EEE 7 5 Aluminum alloy wheels if so equipped 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Chrome PaliSictesa5c5ivamndnedn se aeewee tes aeae 7 3 COMOSION vs gece area dan demeneeue sates 7 5 Tire Ar SSINGS 6 6 cece eee eee tenet eee 7 3 Protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 Cleaning INteriO unit iresnern ereraa nne eae rea 7 4 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when
194. e shift lever is in the P Park position and the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position If the chime sounds continuously when the driv er s door is opened check the following The shift lever is placed in the P Park position and the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position The warning chime may stop when one of the following is performed Returning the ignition switch to the LOCK position Closing the doors Alarm and warning when the engine starts When the Intelligent Key system warning light SS blinks red and the outside buzzer sounds make sure the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Warning for low battery power When the Intelligent Key battery is low the Intel ligent Key system warning light Sn will blink green for about 30 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position This warning is to let you know that the battery of the Intelligent Key will run down soon Replace it with a new one Refer to Battery replacement in the Main tenance and do it yourself section NISSAN recommends replacing the battery at a NISSAN dealer Preventing the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle If you lock all doors using the power door lock switch with the Intelligent Key in the vehicle all of the doors unlock immediately and the buzzer will warn you when the door is closed TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE When pushing the ignition switch to stop The P
195. e sure to wear the rear center seat belt with the seat belt passing through the path Shoulder belt height adjustment front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you For additional information refer to Precautions on seat belt usage in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button T and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position 2 so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into posi tion 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available for purchase The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position S
196. e the Maintenance precau tions in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components if so equipp
197. e the rear hatch from the inside of the vehicle perform the following operations 1 Fold the rear seats down See Folding rear seat in the Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual 2 Insert a suitable tool in the access opening Move the release lever to the right The rear hatch will be unlatched 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments FUEL FILLER DOOR LPD2022 OPENER OPERATION The fuel filler door release is located below the instrument panel To open the fuel filler door pull the release To lock close the fuel filler door securely FUEL FILLER CAP AWARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling e Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire e Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the L Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to come on e Never pour fuel into the thr
198. e the shift lever to the R Reverse position to operate the Around View Monitor The Around View Monitor displays different split screen views depending on the position of the shift lever Press the CAMERA button to switch between the available views If the shift lever is in the R Reverse position the available views are Rear view bird s eye view split screen Rear view front side view split screen If the shift lever is in the P Park position the available views are Front view bird s eye view split screen Front view front side view split screen If the shift lever is in the D Drive position the only available view is front view front side view split screen When the shift lever is not in the R Reverse position and the vehicle speed increases above approximately 6 mph 10 km h the screen changes from the Around View Monitor screen to the previous screen HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN VIEW To adjust the Display ON OFF Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black Level of the Around View Monitor press the SETTING button with the Around View Monitor on select the item key and adjust the level using the NISSAN controller Do not adjust the Brightness Tint Color Con trast and Black Level of the Around View Moni tor while the vehicle is moving Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied VIEW MALFUNCTION When the icon is displayed on the screen the Around View Monito
199. e webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest The supplemental air bag warning light Af is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system For additional information refer to Supplemental air bag warning light in this sec tion If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 SRS Air Bag Warning Labels located on the sun visors SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration Oy a LRSO100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying AF in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits for the air bag systems preten sioners and all related wiring When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner systems need servicing The supplemental air bag w
200. eakers Fade Adjusts the fade to the desired level Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers AUX Vol Controls the volume level of incoming sound when an auxiliary device is connected tot the system Available options are LOW MID and HIGH Selecting this item allows user to adjust various clock settings Set Time Allows user to set time manually ON OFF Switches clock display on or off Format 12h 24h Allows user to change time format between 12 hour and 24 hour Biuctooth Language Uist of Languages Scrl Direction ows 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems TUNE MENU control knob Enter button Turn the TUNE MENU control knob to the left or right to scroll and then press ENTER to select desired item A Z button When listening to music via USB or iPod pressing the A Z button will launch a quick search function in music browser that will allow user to search for music alphabetically using the TUNE MENU control knob RDM and RPT button When listening to music via USB or iPod pressing the RDM button will shuffle the songs being played Pressing the RPT button will repeat the song being played gt back button Pressing the back button will return the user to the previous menu FM AM radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM
201. eard 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other keys can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Presets can also be selected by touching the desired preset number on the screen Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 CD MP3 display mode While listening to a CD or an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed when a CD encoded with text is CD MP3 display mode being used Depending on how the CD or MP3 WMA CD is encoded the text is displayed listing the artist album and song title There are other keys displayed on the screen when a CD is playing Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the CD If an MP3 CD is playing touching Ran Random dom or alternates between Random Folder and Random All This text will appear on the display To can
202. eati sa ndia ma kaea EAA tonnes aA 4 11 Adjusting the screen nuassauearn ence are lara 4 13 Operating DOS eorr rear Enei 4 13 Around View Monitor if so equipped 4 14 Available ViOWS 000 cece eee eee eee 4 15 Difference between predictive and actual GISIGNCES c1c26e0 E E EEE ex 4 18 How to switch the display 005 4 21 How to adjust the screen view 00ee 4 21 View malfunction o6cicescwdendewde men vedo aac 4 21 Operating NDS sons oxcntwnexeareeredatken te pee 4 22 VONIS 222646544800 erR Ain a E RR 4 22 Heater and Air Conditioner manual 0 Conie ELE E ET E E E E TE Heater operation ascu8 nseesdeuskdeemsene even ys Air conditioner operation 05 Air TOW CONS is o itanstobe ne E E Servicing air conditioner 00 0ee eee eee Audio SYSICM oc ccceccaes shaeeee ese sock neat eee ee ROCIO a2 vacekeereeuhewdeeiene E cess FM radio reception on ncencuvcevieeteseneene ae AM radio receplion 4 srsssirrrirsrvissrsrtoisisd Satellite radio reception if so equipped Audio operation precautionS 00ee eee FM AM radio with compact disc CD player Type A if so equipped cece eee ees FM AM radio with compact disc CD player Type B if so equipped cee eee ees FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type A if so equipped 6005 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD play
203. ecent Calls Outgoing Incoming Missed C Use the Recent Calls command to access out going Incoming or missed calls Outgoing A Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle Incoming Use the Incoming command to list the incoming calls made to the vehicle Missed Use the Missed command to list the calls made to the vehicle that were not answered Connect Phone NOTE The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Connect Phone Add Phone A Select Phone Delete Phone Replace Phone Bluetooth OFF Phonebook Download OFF Display Settings Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connecting to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth function on the vehicle Add Phone A Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle For additional information refer to Connecting procedure in this section Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select Only one phone can be active at a time Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phone that is connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned
204. ecomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt LRS2051 Manual front seat shown Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat For additional information refer to Seats in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock dur ing a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat Ifthe seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the re tractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have two modes of ope
205. ect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB input jack is located in the center con sole Insert the USB device into the jack When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If a CD is playing or another audio source is plugged in through the AUX IN jack the AUX button toggles between the three sources Play information Information about the audio files being played can be displayed on
206. ed Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be aneed for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found in this section Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to t
207. edures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Manual Transmission if so equipped Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral e After towing 500 miles 805 km start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neu tral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles 805 km of towing may cause damage to internal transmission parts Continuously Variable Transmission if so equipped To tow a vehicle equipped with a continuously variable transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufac turer s recommendations when using their prod uct UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of th
208. ee a NISSAN dealer for assistance with purchasing an ex tender if an extender is required AWARNING Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the Original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced CHILD SAFETY AWARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equip
209. eek and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure 5 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher
210. eene eden ee de ee eeet 5 15 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT if so equipped ycscuacneaueeceeeeeorustcotn ase 5 15 Manual transmission if so equipped 5 18 Parking Drake sees rania ex naad rete aaa E e 5 20 Cruise control if so equipped 00ee ee eee 5 21 Precautions on cruise control 5 21 Cruise Control operations 0 cece eee eee 5 22 Break in schedule uannnaaaa nnana nnana 5 23 Fuel efficient driving tipS s 2useuneneswnd ts sehew ackwe 5 23 Increasing fuel economy 02 0222ee eee 5 25 Parking parking on DIS e csssecee sexe ee asenee st 5 25 Power SICCIING toes fescue ddbceeddcesedaeaseese codes 5 26 Brako SYSICMN eseigi sassa aniier iai saaien 5 27 Brake precautions 0 c cece cece ees 5 27 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 5 28 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 29 Cold weather CrivinG ents lt 2creccanenteewdeniwererce 5 31 Freeing a frozen door lock 0c eee eee 5 31 POUAN C6265 50sec andade nen 1 Ge E ET 5 31 See EEE AEE oe Senta cee ed eee eee oe ese cea 5 31 Draining of coolant water 0 cee eee 5 31 Tif GOUIDMEN paisses a a E 5 31 Special winter equipment 25 5 5 31 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 32 Driving ON SNOW OF C wd dcc2Geeeeeennaeewren ede 5 31 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adults who
211. eering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the VR session Whenever the VR ses sion is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob In most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the amp 1 button on the steering wheel To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the amp 1 button and after the tone say Call Redial Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following rules and examples Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh Words can be used for the first four digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will pr
212. efer to your NISSAN dealer Properly position the mats in the floor well using the floor mat positioning aid For additional information refer to Floor mat positioning aid in this section The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be main tained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn Floor mat positioning aid driver s side only This vehicle includes two driver s side front floor mat brackets to help keep your floor mats in place Genuine NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s side floor mat has two grommet holes incorporated in it Position each mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet holes while centering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them For additional information refer to Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint sys tem section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat b
213. ehicle 1 97 AWARNING Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the acti vated pretensioner must also be re placed The air bag module and preten sioner should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and preten sioner cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supple mental air bag or pretensioner systems or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury 1 58 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls INSUUIMCNT PANG 2 202 04nsexreeee faeeeeerseniaeeurie 2 2 Meters and gauges ssssaasueerrrrannnnrrrrnne 2 3 Speedometer and odometer 0c cece ees 2 4 TACHOMG Cl eurussa ii a E EA 2 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 EL RS e E E E E E eee 2 9 Trip COMDPUTET srt oc eeereaneceenecoeecentenes ac 2 10 Service interval reminder 0 eee rnrn 2 11 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 12 Checking DUDS i c15skneaciclnenctanwarndawause 2 13 Warming NIGMS 20ccuscecdnogeorcces aieeueayeess 2 13 mdicator HORIS scot ood aes bee hee eases eee 2 18 Audib
214. eir use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Technical and consumer information 9 17 AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 18 Technical and consumer information AWARNING
215. el goes out The cruise control is automatically canceled and the CRUISE light in the instrument panel goes out if you depress the brake or clutch pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you depress the clutch pedal manual trans mission or move the shift lever to N Neu tral CVT To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h BREAK
216. elt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION Most vehicle corrosion is caused by the accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic collisions ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Appearance and care 7 5 Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to
217. elts and supplemental restraint system bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational Front passenger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual con cerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light is located near the climate controls After the igni tion switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light on the instru ment panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illuminated depending on the front passenger seat occup
218. ely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the switch and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turn ing the ignition switch to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the ignition switch to off and wait 10
219. em has trouble recognizing the correct phone number try entering the number in the following groups 3 digit area code 3 digit prefix and the last 4 digits For ex ample 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five as the 1st group then one two one as the 2nd group and three three five four as the 3rd group For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number See How to say num bers in this section for more information 5 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 6 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options see List of voice commands in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the amp button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the button on the steering wheel For additional command options see List of voice commands in this section LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main Menu Call Phonebook Recent Calls Connect Phone When you press and release the amp amp f button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The fol lowing pages describe these commands and the commands in
220. en by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order the desired order 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port if so equipped AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary This system cannot be used to format USB de vices To format a USB device use a personal computer In some jurisdictions the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regu latory reasons even when the vehicle is parked This system supports various USB connection port devices USB hard drives and iPod play ers Some USB devices may not be supported by this system Partitioned USB device
221. enever the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger For additional information refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual for pre cautions on seat belt usage a Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner seat belt systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Instruments and controls 2 17 Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint
222. entally locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS if so equipped All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h e All doors unlock automatically when the ig nition is placed in the OFF position models with Intelligent Key system or when the key is removed from the ignition switch models without Intelligent Key system The automatic unlock function can be de activated or activated To deactivate or acti vate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the amp position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deac tivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position models with Intelligent Key system or when the key is re moved from the ignition switch models without Intelligent Key system To unlock the door manu ally use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened a
223. entwece cede yiwnady eet 4 87 Troubleshooting guide 2 0 00e 4 88 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System if so equipped 05 4 89 Regulatory Information 2 2 55 4 90 VOICE COMMANGS 2 lt 245ca005dceuetadesseedsa d 4 91 Connecting Procedure 0c cece eee eens 4 91 Vehicle phonebook sdidncsocastecds sted okewden 4 992 Making Cdllectaeinoceumencesetarneeeteneeeeans 4 92 Receiving a call eletscesee sen saeceecaee easiest 4 92 DGHNGSe Calls edeeceaeenenoe sae ERE a 4 92 Ending a Call osectees niies ngosan i feeb ees 4 92 TEX messagg crre ee cuit ox ee ete eeexween bee es 4 93 Bluetooth settings 22 2e ee eee 4 94 PHONG SCtINGS caescnaereivedeeeeetnesaneewad 4 95 NISSAN Voice Recognition System if SO equipped 1 6 cece cece eens 4 96 USING the SYSICM 5 4 22205 anche deateedeesee dea ee 4 96 y tem eM CS Hin teendenwmcivateresadewedenws 4 97 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System WO ee tdMnmMmandS wetiews oc ve oeans recited aani 4 98 Navigation System voice commands Audio system voice commands Information voice commands My Apps Voice Commands Help voice commands Troubleshooting guide CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Positioning of the heating or air condi tioning controls and display controls should not be done while driving in or der that
224. enuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling stop and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equivalents A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will re
225. ep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harnesses Do not route the an tenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine O00 microphone location Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can 63 Bluetooth make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular
226. er Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located in the center console Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod Classic 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 3 0 or later iPod Classic 6th generation firmware ver sion 2 0 1 or later iPod Classic 7th generation firmware ver sion 2 0 4 or later iPod Touch 2nd generation firmware ver sion 4 2 1 or later iPod Touch 3rd generation firm
227. er Type B if so equipped 085 USB interface models without Navigation System if so equipped cece eens USB interface models with Navigation System if so equipped 6 cece eee iPod player operation without Navigation System if so equipped n nana cece eens iPod player operation with Navigation System if so equipped n nana cece eee ees Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System if so equipped Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation System if so equipped n nana ccc eee ees CD Care and cleaning sic sinceadoeaw down ee onde Steering wheel switch for audio control PULCUNG Son bc cua cower see se EEEE TETT NissanConnect App Smartphone Integration i s quipped lt lt ccuacsceusectcemogscebecwereaeus Registering with NissanConnect App Connect Phone as xtc acceune exeiseeenteneecees Application DOWNOAG ss sncoetnaureseuseeiess eas Car phone or CB radio sesccscciadactweewsaeae es Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navigation System if so equipped 5 Regulatory Information s lt 254 0 ss esdees0 e5 Using the S StOM ceseencuecencusesescees areas Control DUNONS lt 3 ce watita ends ray Gioavts eade Getting Slaned sc euxcregeercneisian sGaeenie paws 4 79 List of VOICE COMMANGS n20neseeseceecianneeeas lt 4 81 Voice Adaptation VA mode 000e sees 4 86 Manual CONWOl c vceue
228. er assist for the steering but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steering effort is required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds For additional information refer to Power steer ing warning light in the Instruments and con trols section of this manual BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at 2 wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control AWARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while drivi
229. er display changes to the iPod mode Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle s audio system display screen is similar to the iPod interface Use the touch screen BACK button or the scrolling knob to navigate Artists the menus on the screen Playlists When the iPod is playing touch the Menu key Genres to bring up the iPod interface Depending on the iPod model the following items may be available on the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual LHA1495 Shuffle and repeat play mode Playlists Artists Albums Genres Songs Composers Audiobooks Podcasts Shuffle and repeat play mode While the iPod is playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Shuffle Touch the Shuffle key to apply a random play pattern to the iPod When the shuffle mode is active it will appear on the screen To cancel Shuffle mode touch the Shuffle key until it is not displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the iPod When the repeat mode is active it will ap pear on the screen To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until it is not displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 da gt Pp Seek buttons Press the seek button M4 or P gt to skip backward or forward one track Press and hold the seek button
230. eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observ
231. es being confused with a new name 4 88 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine microphone location Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can Bluetooth make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register
232. eservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For manual transmission models move the shift lever to N Neu tral For CVT models move the shift lever to P Park Be sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position when per forming any parts replacement or repairs Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under t
233. ess than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pro vides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle for inflating the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure For more information see TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert in the Starting and driving section Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certifica tion label The vehicle weight ca pacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your ve hicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable handling character istics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 Original tire size The size o
234. ess the brake pedal and move the shift lever from P Park to any of the desired shift positions 5 16 Starting and driving AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any drive position the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and be removed from the ignition switch If this occurs perform the following steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Move the shift lever into P Park to park the vehicle and place the ignition switch in the LOCK position to remove the key P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park shift lever position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then place the shift lever into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use th
235. essary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 through 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 2nd row bench seat Outboard seating positions 1 Remove the head restraint headrest and store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional infor mation refer to Head _ restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information 2 Position the top tether strap over the seatback WRS0475 LRS2455 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor Forward facing E step 10 2nd row bench seat point on the bottom of the seatback be 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front 1 Top tether strap hind the child restraint passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag 2 Anchor point 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack status light should illuminate If this INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this section The child restraint top t
236. ether strap must be used Center seating position Move the child restraint to another when installing the child restraint with the seat seating position Have the system belts 1 Remove the head restraint headrest and checked by a NISSAN dealer store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall First secure the child restraint with the seatbelts the head restraint headrest when the child After the child restraint is removed and the seat restraint is removed For additional infor belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re mation refer to Head restraints straint mode is canceled headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Position the top tether strao over the BOOSTER SEATS seatback Precautions on booster seats 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the bottom of the seatback be A WARNING hind the child restraint If a booster seat and seat belt are not used 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the properly the risk of a child being injured in manufacturer s instructions to remove any a sudden stop or collision greatly slack Make sure the head restraint headrest increases does not contact the top tether strap Make sure the shoulder portion of If you have any questions when installing a the belt is away from the child s face top tether strap consu
237. ever all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed 1 49 The driver supplemental front impact air bag Is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag system opera tion The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sensors and Occupant Detection Sensor weight sensor Inflator opera tion is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occupant detection sensors are also moni tored Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Addition ally the front passenger air bag may be automati cally turned OFF under some conditions de pending on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF
238. evice Delete Connected Device 4 Touch the Connect New Device key 5 The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recom mended cellular phones Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the AUX button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen The controls for the Bluetooth audio are dis played on the screen CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the disc Never touch the surface of the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use 4 70 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL The audio system can be
239. f 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill 3 Reinstall the battery vent caps Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary refer to Jump start ing in the In case of emergency section of this manual for additional information If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM A CAUTION e Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will by pass the variable voltage control sys tem and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Your vehicle is equipped with a variable voltage control system This system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator The current sensor A is located near the battery along the negative battery cable If you add elec trical accessories to your vehicle be sure to ground them to a suitable body ground such as the frame or engine block area DRIVE BELT Water pump Generator Manual tensioner Air conditioner compressor Crankshaft pulley AW
240. f the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT FRONT REAR TOTAL AVANT Fa ARRIERE g Spare tire size THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED LE POIDS TOTAL DES OCCUPANTS ET DU CHARGEMENT NE DOIT JAMAIS DEPASSER COLD TIRE PRESSURE a PRESSION DE PNEUS A FROIu XXX kPa XX psi PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX psi SIZE DIMENSIONS PXXX XXRXX XXX kg OF XXX Ibs FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION VOIR LE MANUEL DE L USAGER POUR PLUS DE SPARE Tire and loading information label D Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit See Vehicle load ing information in the Technical and consumer information section Tire size refer to Tire labeling in this section 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Checking tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge squarely
241. ff when the tire pressure is adjusted for all 4 tires After the tires are inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message Is displayed in the odometer when the low tire pressure warning light is illumi nated and low tire pressure is detected The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message is not displayed if the low tire pressure warn ing light illuminates to indicate a TPMS mal function 5 4 Starting and driving Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates check the tire pressure for all four tires The Tire and Loading Information label also referred to as the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label is located in the driver s door opening For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the
242. fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS if so equipped Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if unde
243. fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions the weather and individual driving habits For normal acceleration in low altitude areas less than 4 000 ft 1219 mJ GEAR CHANGE MPH km h 1st to 2nd 9 14 2nd to 3rd 12 19 3rd to 4th 21 34 Ath to 5th 28 45 5th Starting and driving 5 19 For quick acceleration in low altitude areas and high altitude areas over 4 000 ft 1219 ml Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 15 24 2nd to 3rd 25 40 3rd to 4th 40 64 Ath to 5th 45 72 5th Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will en sure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control GEAR MPH km h st 29 47 2nd 53 85 3rd 78 125 4th Z 5th 5 20 Starting and driving PARKING BRAKE A WARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the shift lever in place of the parking b
244. g and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any continuously variable transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Do ing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmis sion parts due to lack of transmission lubrication For emergency towing proc
245. h as a curb or vehicle may be misaligned or not displayed at the seam of the views Objects that are above the camera can not be displayed The view of the bird s eye view may be misaligned when the camera position alters Aline on the ground may be misaligned and is not seen as being straight at the seam of the views The misalignment will increase as the line proceeds away from the vehicle Tire angle display does not indicate the actual tire angle Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 Front side view Guiding lines Guiding lines that indicate the width and the front end of the vehicle are displayed on the monitor The front of vehicle line shows the front part of the vehicle The side of vehicle line shows the vehicle width including the outside mirrors The extensions 3 of both the front and side 2 lines are shown with a green dotted line The rear sonar indicator will appear when the rear of the vehicle moves closer to an object A CAUTION The turn signal light may look like the side of vehicle line This is not a malfunction DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCES 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the d
246. he foot brake and touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key Then push the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 sec onds after the chime sound For more informa tion see Push button ignition switch in the Starting and driving section For information regarding replacement of a bat tery see Battery replacement in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry If the outside temperature is below 14 F 10 C the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet e Do no
247. he steering wheel up or down to the desired position Pull the lock lever 4 up to lock the steering wheel in place A WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident SUN VISORS To block glare from the front swing down the sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 3 Slide the extension sun visor in or out as needed A CAUTION e Do not store the sun visor before return ing the extension to its original position Do not pull the extension sun visor forc ibly downward 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments VANITY MIRRORS if so equipped To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down and slide the mirror cover open Some vanity mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the mirror cover is open MIRRORS REARVIEW MIRROR The night position reduces glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours A WARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view Clarity The outside mirror remote control only operates when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch 1 to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the l
248. he TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and the original tire used on the front wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the front original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed A CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause dam age to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught 9 Technical and consumer information Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities 9 2 Fuel recommendation ssssssssserrrrrrrs nnno 9 4 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 6 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations ns onccense sce pee nants enee eens 9 7 SPECIICAUONSs rss rrisk vrnie ean wegen EAE 9 8 PNOING 24 42 raiasa srania na niaan aa 9 8 Wheels and tires 22cccemeecevhdidueteadw andi 9 9 Dimensions and weights 2sccscseucuaueercernaned 9 9 When traveling or regi
249. he desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the cabin and defogs the wind shield 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion A He 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position When the YY or 7 position is selected the air conditioner will turn on for better perfor mance This will dehumidify the air and help defog the windows Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the E button to activate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner Is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the rs position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Press the button 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice
250. he next alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook where the same op tions will then be available Recent Calls The system prompts for an additional com mand Say Missed Calls Incoming Calls or Outgoing Calls to display a list of such calls on the screen Speak the number of the entry displayed on the screen to dial that number or say Next Page to view entries on the next page if available 4 98 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Redial Redials the last called number Read Text Reads an incoming text message For more information about text messaging with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section Send Text Sends a text message For more information about text messaging with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section Select Phone The system replies Please use manual con trols to continue Use manual controls to change the active phone from among the listed phones connected to the vehicle For more information about the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation Sys tem in this section NAVIGATION SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the Navigation System Street Address address
251. he song title or album name to denote which repeat pattern is applied To cancel Repeat fb N mode touch the Repeat key untilno 7 icon is displayed iIPod PLAYER OPERATION WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located in the center console Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the ve
252. he vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery The fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is Off A CAUTION e Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid Never leave the engine or the transmis sion related component harness con nector disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS HR16DE engine Drive belt location Eng
253. hen the fail safe operation occurs the CVT will not be shifted into the selected driving position If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated The MIL may come on to indicate the fail safe mode is activated refer to Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instruments and con trols section This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds Then place the ignition switch back in the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmis sion and repair if necessary AWARNING When the high fluid temperature protec tion mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually reduced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal opera tion or have it repaired if necessary MANUAL TRANSMISSION if so equipped AWARNING Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Do not over rev the engine when shift ing to a lower gear This may cause a l
254. her registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices 5 10 Starting and driving PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH if so equipped AWARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecu tive times in quick succession or the igni tion switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and serious injury When the ignition switch is pushed without de pressing the brake pedal or the clutch pedal MT the ignition switch position will illuminate as follows Push center once to change to ACC two times to change to ON three times to return to OFF The ignition switch will automatically return to the LOCK position when any door is either opened or closed with the
255. hicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod 5th Generation firmware version 1 3 or later iPod Classic 80GB firmware version 1 1 2PC or later iPod Classic 120GB firmware version 2 0 1PC or later iPod nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 8PC or later iPod nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0PC or later Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 iPod nano 5th generation 8GB firm ware version 1 0 2PC or later iPod nano 5th generation 16GB firm ware version 1 0 1PC or later iPod nano 6th generation 8GB firm ware version 1 2PC or later iPod nano 6th generation 8GB firm ware version 1 1PC or later iPod Touch 1st generation firmware ver sion 2 2 1 or later iPod Touch 2nd generation firmware version 2 2 1 or later iPod Touch 3rd generation firmware
256. horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communi cation systems Do not operate the In telligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unin tentionally when the unit is stored for a flight The Intelligent Key can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 A CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intel ligent Key transmits weak radio waves Environ mental condit
257. icing BRAKE AND CLUTCH if so equipped FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake and clutch if so equipped systems The use of improper fluids can damage the brake and clutch system and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability Clean the filler cap before removing Brake and clutch fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of reach of children A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the level is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID LDI2040 WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Add a washer solvent to the windshield washer fluid reservoir for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Fol low the manufacturer s instructions for the mix ture ratio Refi
258. icles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tires Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the pos sibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and perfor mance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section of this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Maintenance and do it
259. ied status The light operates as follows Unoccupied passenger s seat The is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meet the conditions outlined in this sec tion The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF tt willsnot inflate in a Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements The occupant detection sensors weight sen sors are on the seat cushion frame under the front passenger seat and are designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat For ex ample if a child is in the front pas
260. ify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LO WWA ie Sit upright and weil back A WARNING A WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this The seat belt should be properly ad vehicle should use a seat belt at all justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may times Children should be properly re reduce the effectiveness of the entire strained in the rear seat and if appro restraint system and increase the priate in a child restraint chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 AWARNING e Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the
261. imilar to those of a higher severity impact They 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in cer tain side collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing con dition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in the front and rear outboard seating po sitions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in orde
262. ine is started by the above procedures the NISSAN Intelligent Key system warning light may blink in yellow on the meter even if the NISSAN Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle This is not a malfunction To stop the warning light from blinking touch the ignition switch with the NISSAN Intelligent Key again Ifthe NISSAN Intelligent Key system warn ing light in the meter is blinking in green replace the battery as soon as possible See Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure th
263. ine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes lf the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there 4sea smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner if so equipped after use is nor mal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the r
264. ine oil filler cap Air cleaner Brake and clutch 1 fluid reservoir Fusible link Battery Engine coolant reservoir Radiator cap Engine oil dipstick Windshield washer fluid reservoir For Manual Transmission M T model ee ee Ki os a Can Ge gt oie eh O s IOE ET 5 es gt ae LAW Nea en 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue and 50 water to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The antifreeze solution con tains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional en gine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap A CAUTION Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer Additives may clog the cooling system and cause dam age to the engine transmission and or cooling system When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuin
265. ing functions Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to anon slipping drive wheel on the same axle Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following condi tions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steer ing input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the R indi cator in the instrument panel flashes to note the following The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions For additional information refer to Slip indicator light and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light in the Instruments and controls section If a malfunction occurs in the system the ft indicator light comes
266. ing position 1 Remove the head restraint headrest and store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional infor mation refer to Head _ restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information 2 Position the top tether strap over the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the bottom of the seatback be hind the child restraint 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack Make sure the head restraint headrest does not contact the top tether strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details AWARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used
267. ing the change button for more than 3 seconds will reset all modes except Trip A and distance to empty dte Type B Pushing the menu button on the steering wheel for more than 3 seconds will reset average fuel economy average speed and travel time Average speed The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the menu button on the steering wheel for longer than 1 second Travel time The travel time mode elapsed time shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pushing the menu button on the steering wheel for longer than 1 second SERVICE INTERVAL REMINDER When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position a wrench symbol and the distance to oil change information will illuminate on the display for approximately 5 seconds The wrench symbol and distance to oil change switch to oil display status Then the oil display status switches to odometer and twin trip odometer trip computer information mode that was displayed before the ignition switch was placed in the ACC OFF or LOCK position The oil level display status provides specific in formation regarding your approximate engine oil level In case of low engine oil level see Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section for the proper engine oil refilling procedure Oil change schedule set up It is possible to adjust the interval distance to oil chang
268. ion 1 Hold the connector tongue so that the To connect the buckle seat belt does not retract suddenly when the tongue is released from the connector buckle Release the connector tongue by inserting a suitable tool such as a key into the connector buckle 1 Pull the seat belt tongue and connector tongue from the stowed position 1 2 Pull the seat belt and secure the connector buckle until it clicks 2 The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the rear center seat belt con nector buckle 2 Retract the seat belt and store the seat belt tongue on the stowed position AWARNING Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat To fasten the seat belt refer to Fastening the seat belts in this section Attaching the center seat belt Always be sure the center seat belt connector tongue and connector buckle are attached Dis connect only when folding down the rear seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 LRS8102 AWARNING When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched po sition and the rear center seat belt con nector is completely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the cor rect position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sudden stop Mak
269. ion axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and Consumer Information sec tion of this manual TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving front wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated LCE2014 A CVT Continuously Variable Transmission M T Manual transmission In case of emergency 6 15 6 16 LCE2015 A CVT Continuously Variable Transmission M T Manual transmission In case of emergency A CAUTION Never tow Continuously Variable Trans mission CVT models with the front wheels on the ground or 4 wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is nec essary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels When towing Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models with the front wheels on towing dollies or when towing manual transmission M T models with the front wheels on the ground Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or simi
270. ion switch changes position ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories A CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the ignition switch in ACC or ON positions when the engine is not running for an extended pe riod This can discharge the battery 5 12 Starting and driving EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1 5 seconds or Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE If the battery of the NISSAN Intelligent Key is discharged or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent Key operation start the engine according to the following procedure 1 Move the shift lever to the P Park or N Neutral position 2 Firmly apply the foot brake 3 Touch the ignition switch with the NISSAN Intelligent Key as illustrated A chime will sound 4 Push the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime sounds The engine will start After step 3 is performed when the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal the ignition switch position will change to ACC NOTE When the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position or the eng
271. ions may interfere with the opera tion of the Intelligent Key under the following operating conditions When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal com puter 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is low the Intel Bos KEY pa ligent Key system warning light a will blink green for about 30 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as sig nals from a TV and personal computer the bat tery life may become shorter When the battery is discharged firmly apply t
272. ire There is a malfunction in the TPMS sys tem There is a malfunction in the horn or haz ard indicators 5 6 Starting and driving The identification code of the tire pres sure sensor is not registered to the sys tem The battery of the tire pressure sensor is low If the Easy Fill Tire Alert does not operate due to TPMS interference move the ve hicle about 3 ft 1 m backward or forward and try again If the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not working use a tire pressure gauge AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your
273. is displayed each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light re mains illuminated For additional information see Check tire pres sure warning message in this section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The light will remain on after 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Tire pressure in the Main tenance and do it yourself section AWARNING If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch placed in the ON posi tion have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Instruments and controls 2 15 2 16 If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Se rious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious
274. isplay shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor the hill is further than it appears on the monitor Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual3 ft 0 m distance on Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 LHA1201 Backing up near a projecting object There may be a small distance visible between l l the vehicle and the object in the bird s eye view The predicted course lines do not touch the gn the display object in the display However the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Backing up behind a projecting object The position is shown farther than the position in the display However the position is actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY With the ignition switch in the ON position press the CAMERA button or mov
275. it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up NOTE Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 OPE oY Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch Fan control dial Air conditioner button Air flow control dial Temperature control dial Air intake lever Air recirculation and Fresh air CONTROLS Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control dial The air flow control dial allows you to select the air flow outlets 74 Air flows from center and side vents 74 Air flows from center and side vents and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems i Air flows from defroster outlets and foot outlets Q7 Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Fresh air Move the air intake lever to the position The air flow is drawn from outside the vehicle Air recirculation Move the air intake lever to the TS position t
276. ith which your vehicle is equipped READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure famil larity with controls and maintenance require ments assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance prob lems resulting from modifications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model Feature
277. itor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Say Add phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Own er s Manual for details You can also visit www NissanUSA com bluetooth for in structions on connecting NISSAN recom mended cellular phones When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Call Phone Number Speak the digits Dial D 1 Pressthe amp l button on the steer ing wheel A tone will sound 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Phone Number The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 4 Say the number you wish to call starting with the area code in single digit format If the syst
278. k order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Specification chart Supported file systems MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 8 kHz 48 KHz Supported 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR versions 1 WMA WMA7 WMA8 WMAQ 32 kHz 48 kHz 48 kbps 192 kbps VBR Tag information Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters a 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 pay UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature Cannot play If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only
279. k system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front 4 of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2760 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH if so equipped To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch is moved to the lock position and any door is open all doors will lock and unlock automatically With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle and any door is open all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed These functions help to prevent the Intelligent Key from being accid
280. l If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the ve hicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary For additional information re fer to the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer AWARNING Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls 2 13 Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the ABS warning light illumi nates It may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer promptly Avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking
281. l Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 Ibs 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward facing child re straint with a harness Refer to the manufactur er s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve hicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maxi mum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness equipped forward facing child re straint NISSAN recommends that the child be placed ina commercially available booster
282. l before driv ing Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling 10 Keeping your Vehicle Cool Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade whenever possible When entering a hot vehicle opening the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster resulting in reduced demand on your A C system INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended scheduled main tenance Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Im proper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Use the recommended viscosity engine oll For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in Tech nical and consumer information in this manual PARKING PARKING ON HILLS AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park for CVT models or in an appropriate gear for manual transmission models Fail ure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and re sult in an accident Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and ca
283. l start by pushing the push button ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed Front fog light indicator light if so equipped The front fog light indicator light illuminates when the front fog lights are ON For additional infor mation refer to Fog light switch in this section OFF i The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used Front passenger air bag status light For front passenger air bag status light operation refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section of this manual _ High beam indicator light blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The 7 may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gal 11 4 L of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the O light should turn off if no other
284. l system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 15 fuel E 15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15 fuel ethanol and 85 unleaded gasoline E 15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E 15 fuel Do not use E 15 in your vehicle U S gov ernment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens ing pumps to be identified with small square orange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake val
285. l the storage switch straight out from the fuse box 8 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself KEYFOB if so equipped Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows 1 Remove the screw 2 Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner 8 and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing 3 Replace the battery with a new one Do not touch the internal circuit and elec tric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction Make sure that the side faces the bot tom of the case Recommended battery CR1620 or equivalent 4 Close the lid and install the screw securely 5 Operate the buttons to check its operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 e An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry e The operational range of the keyfob extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle This range may vary with conditions Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device NISSAN I
286. lar device Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion This may damage the steering lock mechanism for models equipped with steering lock mechanism Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position e When towing Continuously Variable Transmission CVT or manual trans mission M T models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies Always release the parking brake Observe the following restricted towing speeds and distances for manual trans mission M T models only Speed Below 50 MPH 80 km h Distance Less than 50 miles 80 km VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle Pulling a stuck vehicle AWARNING To avoid vehicle damage serious personal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle e Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer s instructions Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull at an angle e Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifi cally for vehicle recovery Alw
287. ld Safely s s sa eh wot ma a o ve 1 19 Infants and small children 1 20 Injured Pearson e s s s se a a e a a a 1 13 Larger children a 4 6 ew ow wee 1 20 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 10 Pregnant women 4 1 13 Rear center seat belt 1 16 Seat belt extenders 1 18 Seat belt maintenance 1 19 Seat belts ou to eee we eS GH Ses 1 10 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 18 Three point type with retractor 1 13 Seat belt warning light 2 17 Seats Adjustment 4 4 a 6k 4 0 Bega eS Ea wa 1 2 FPONLSGdles way as ee oe ee oe ee a 1 2 Heated seats aoaaa aa 2 28 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Rearseat 2 ee es 1 4 Security indicator light 2 2s0 0 64 e 2 19 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 21 3 4 5 10 5 13 Self adjusting brakes 4 8 19 Service manual order form 9 21 Servicing air conditioner ooo 4 31 Setting button aoaaa a 4 7 4 45 Shifting Continuously Variable Transmission CVI s aeaee seas Gee ewes be 5 16 Manual transmission 5 5 19 Shift lever lock release 204 5 17 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 18 Side air bag system See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag SYSTEM l case aie ak de Ok Wm esd eC 1 54 Spark plug replacement 8 16 Speedometer 0000
288. le place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures fthe combined weight of the child and child restraint is less than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg you may use the LATCH anchors to install the child restraint not both at the same time fthe combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower an chors to install the child restraint Besure to follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions for installation All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child re straints be secured to the designated an chor point on the vehicle WRS0756 LATCH system lower anchor locations LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system compat ible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint unless the combined weight of
289. le reminders 0000 nannan 2 20 Security SySteMS 0 0 02 ee ees 2 21 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system F S0 CQUIDDEO oxacaceesnncackuscoecewawececad 2 21 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 22 SWIC ODETAUON 0405 lt daeeavey ea rateasn cedaes 2 22 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 23 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped GeirOSter SWOR s a2encn dongeesonseksd e eS 2 24 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 24 Headlight control switch 2 05 2 24 Daytime running light system Canada only 2205 Instrument brightness control 005 2 26 T r signal SWIC toncoccccceepewasadutae vem ne 2 27 Fog light switch if so equipped 6 2 27 Oe eee r e wea Gneaneandeewer car E E cen eer en 2 27 Heated seats if so equipped ce eee eae 2 28 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch 2 29 POWCr OUEL ccaccecueen E EEEE T 2 30 Dll Ae pico uedle E E 2 30 Map DOCKE Ss raaswee abe eeea reuse seeacnee cere 2 30 Seatback pockets on 20 0ct0ne dares arceceeuew wes 2 31 HOJE NAYS na cnnedeenseeeeare a Od 2 31 Cup holders 22s1208520244 teedaeacecse teense seees 2 31 CIOVE DOK 25st ewan ee naaeesnaereeuecreeneaus 2 33 Cargo cover if so equipped 00cee eens 2 34 Divide n hide adjustable floor if SO equipped 1 cece eee eee eee eees 2 35 Grocely NOOKS stan eteccraukaudeokaneatewasenee 2 36 NV I
290. lite radio stations unless op tional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SirilusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation ON OFF button VOL volume control knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the ON OFF button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was play ing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the ON OFF button Audio settings Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the 1 Press the arPs button volume 2 Touch the Settings key This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen re ee sitive Volume When this feature is active the ee HeHGa Ne AURO KEY audio volume changes as the driving speed Use the touch screen to adjust the following changes items to the desired setting Adjusts the bass to the desired level Adjusts the treble to the desired level Adjusts the balance to the desired level Balance adjusts the sound level between the left and right speakers Adjusts the fade to the desired level Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers Speed Sensitive Vol Adjusts the speed sensi
291. ll illumination when driv ing at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Instruments and controls 2 25 AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others 2 26 Instruments and controls LIC2137 Type A INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the P gt d or 2 position Type A Press the control to adjust the brightness of instrument panel lights when driving at night LIC2769 Type B Type B Turn the knob A left continuously for illumination to decrease and turn the knob right continuously for illumination to increase TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Q Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signal cancels automatically Lane change signal 2 To signala lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch The turn signal will flash three times automati Cally FOG LIGHT SWITCH
292. ll the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Fluid Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for windshield washer solution This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir Pre mix windshield washer fluid con centrates with water to the manufactur ers recommended levels before pour ing the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reservoir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened lf the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not r
293. low the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your ab dominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt b
294. lt your NISSAN and neck and the lap portion of the dealer for details belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not 44 WARNING behind the child or under the child s Child restraint anchorages are designed arm A Low back booster seat to withstand only those loads imposed by A booster seat must only be installed B High back booster seat correctly fitted child restraints Under no in a seating position that has a circumstances are they to be used to at lap shoulder belt tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used lf the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child Always follow all recommended pro Bo
295. ly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If the passenger air bag status light will not illu minate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the ve hicle the passenger air bag status
296. ly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will acti vate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for ti
297. mate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved System fails to interpret the command correctly The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the phone book Solution 1 Ensure that the command is valid Refer to List of voice commands in this section 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to im prove the recognition response for the speaker Refer to Voice Adaptation VA mode in this section 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command Refer to Phonebook in this section 2 Replace one of the nam
298. may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels 5 28 Starting and driving When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label For additional in formation refer to the Technical and consumer information section of this manual For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre vent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip pery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnosti
299. ms 4 11 the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor the hill is further than it appears on the monitor Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Backing up behind a projecting object The position is shown farther than the position in the display However the position is actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course ADJUSTING THE SCREEN The procedure for adjusting the display settings of the screen differs depending on the type of screen present on the vehicle For vehicles without Navigation System 1 Firmly apply the brake and place the shift lever in R reverse 2 Press the ENTER SETTING button The screen will display the Brightness set tings Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to adjust the setting up or down Press the ENTER SETTING button again to display Contrast settings Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to adjust the setting up or down Press the EN
300. n One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the amp button and after the tone say Call Redial You can also use the amp button to interrupt the system feedback and give a command at once See List of voice com mands and During a call in this section for more information ah PHONE END While the voice recognition system is active press and hold the button for 5 seconds to quit the voice recognition system at any LHA3002 LHA3095 time Type A Type B CONTROL BUTTONS TUNING SWITCH The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands While using the voice recognition Free Phone System are located on the steering system tilt the tuning switch up or wheel down to manually control the amp PHONE SEND phone system l Press the amp button to GETTING STARTED initiate a VR session or answer an The following procedures will help you get incoming call started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For ad ditional command options refer to List of voice commands in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold
301. n refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before installing a child re straint NISSAN does not recommend the use of the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for in stallation Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0761 Rear facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing 1 29 LRS2395 LRS2396 Rear facing step 3 Rear facing step 4 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the extended At this time the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the bel
302. nals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a mal function Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems COMPACT
303. ng the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the brake shoes whenever the effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the brake shoes and or drums are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance Starting and driving 5 27 This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AWARNING The ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving tech niques It can help maintain vehicle con trol during braking on slippery surfaces Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stop ping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the ve hicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is responsible for safety Tire type and condition
304. njury in an accident or sudden stop Do not put objects heavier than 44 Ibs 20 kg on the cargo cover for long peri ods of time e Do not leave the cargo cover in the vehicle with it disengaged from the holder Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged 2 34 Instruments and controls If the cargo cover contacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor remove the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment location If the cargo cover is not re moved it may damage the top tether strap during a collision Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision The cargo cover keeps the luggage compartment contents hidden from the outside Only attach the hook and loop fastener on the cargo cover privacy cloth to the area on the rear seatback where it is supposed to be attached Otherwise the seat surface could be damaged
305. nnot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Starting and driving 5 25 Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reverse posi tion When parking on an uphill grade place the shift lever in 1st gear Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models Move the shift lever into the P Park posi tion 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline It is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated e HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb 5 26 Starting and driving e HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and remove the key POWER STEERING AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will
306. nshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control if so equipped on slippery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle 5 32 Starting and driving ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are used to assist with cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower AWARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seri ously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection e Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury e Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outle
307. nsioner system This is to pre vent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 55 Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system If you need to dispose of the preten sioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal pro cedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor the pretensioner helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to releas
308. nstruments and controls 2 11 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS ABS or Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light BRAKE or Brake waring light Charge warning light Door open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light y High temperature warning light Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped ee Ej 2 12 Instruments and controls KEY NISSAN Intelligent Key warning light if so equipped Power steering warning light PS t p position selecting warning light if so equipped g e x 9 Seat belt warning light and chime Supplemental air bag warning light Continuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator light if so equipped e N CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped i Engine start operation indicator if so equipped Front fog light indicator light if so equipped 4 O e S e lbs 0 Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light blue Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Overdrive off indicator light if so equipped Security indicator light if so equipped Side and headlight indicator light green if so equipped Slip indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed appl
309. nt fit try another seating position or a different child restraint LRS2399 LRSO671 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 Forward facing step 4 3 The back of the child restraint should be 4 For child restraints that are equipped with secured against the vehicle seatback webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional information refer to Head 5 Tighten the tether strap according to the restraints headrests in this section for head manufacturer s instructions to remove any restraint headrest adjustment information slack 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 6 LRS2452 WRS0697 Forward facing step 6 2nd row bench seat 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be 1 Top tether strap fore you place the child in it Push it from si
310. ntal restraint system The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys tem if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts 1 43 The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pressure sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some con Sit upright and well back ditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident For additional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Keep hands on
311. ntenance precautions 8 5 Precautions on child restraints 1 21 1 28 1 34 1 39 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 10 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSIEM sr eais wow eee eee Ae Soe 1 42 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Programmable features 4 7 4 45 P sh starting c s soa wk a Rw oe kw 6 13 R Radio Car phone or CBradio 4 74 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player kc ace a ae a 4 wo oe aw 4 40 FM AM radio with compact disc CD playere s abate eee ae eRe te 4 45 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD DIAVEl 5 4 ee ee ee wee we ee 4 49 4 54 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 70 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 0 00 ee 9 20 Rear center seat belt 1 16 Rear power windows 2 37 Rear Sal e saae mre tapie oes 1 4 RearView Monitor aaau 4 10 Rear window defroster switch 2 24 Rear window wiper and washer switches 2 23 Recorders Eventdata 0004 9 20 Refrigerant recommendation 9 7 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Reporting safety defects US only 9 19 S Safety Child safety rear doorlock 3 7 Child seat belts 1 21 1 28 1 34 1 39 Reporting safety defects US only 9 19 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Rear seat adjustment aoaaa aa 1 4 Seatback pockets naoa a 2 31 Seat belt Chi
312. ntrols 2 5 LPD2025 Type A Loose fuel cap warning message Push the reset button for more than 1 second to reset the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning mes sage after the fuel cap has been tightened For additional information see Fuel filler cap in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual 2 6 Instruments and controls LIC2836 LPD2128 Check tire pressure warning message if so equipped The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message is displayed when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is de tected Check and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Type A The CHECK TIRE PRES warning mes sage can be turned off using the reset button on the meter the low tire pressure warning light will not be turned off LIC2760 Type B Type B The check tire pressure warning mes sage is displayed when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected the corresponding tire with low pres sure will appear blinking Check and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the tire and Loading Informa tion label The low tire pressure warning light remains illu minated until the tires are inflated to the recom mended COLD tire pressure Type A Only The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message is dis played each time the ignition switch is pl
313. o recirculate air inside the vehicle Use the gt selection when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment for maximum cooling when using the air con ditioner Air conditioner button Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light comes on when the air conditioner is operating To turn off the air conditioner press the button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch For more information about the rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Move the air intake lever to the amp _ posi tion for normal heating 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the s position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center vents 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the
314. o cover if so equipped contacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor remove the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment location If the cargo cover is not removed it may damage the top tether strap during a col lision A child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located on the back of the rear seats Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 AWARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before installing a child re straint NISSAN does not recommend the use of the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ib
315. oise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 FUSES If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse Fuses are used in the passenger and engine compartment Spare fuses are provided and can be found in the passenger compartment fuse box When installing a fuse make sure the fuse Is installed in the fuse box securely 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in good condition check the fusible links in the holder If any of the fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts For checking and replacing the fusible links in see a NISSAN dealer PASSENGER COMPARTMENT NOTE The fuse box is located on the driver s side CAUTION of the instrument panel Never use a fuse of a higher or lower 1 Be sure
316. ompt you to continue en tering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more Six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more Six two zero zero aN Say pound for Say star for avail able when using the Special Number com mand and the Send command during a call For additional information refer to List of voice commands and Special number in this section Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three Say plus for available only when using the Special Number command Say pause for a 2 second pause available only when storing a phonebook number 4 78 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits The voice command Help is available at any time Please use the Help command to get information on how to use the system Voice Prompt Interrupt While using the voice recognition system the system voice can be interrupted to allow the user to speak commands While the system is speak ing press the amp button on the steer ing wheel The system voice will stop and a tone will be heard After the tone speak desired com mand displayed on the touch scree
317. on Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself AWARNING The spare tire should be used for emer gency use only It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first oppor tunity to avoid possible tire or differen tial damage Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice t
318. on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territo ries require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children For additional infor mation refer to Child restraints in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem air bag system for the front passen ger For additional information refer to Supplemental restraint system SRS in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federa
319. on rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Veh
320. onds the I M test condition is ready Contact a NISSAN dealer to set the ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing 9 20 Technical and consumer information EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re corder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situa tions such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understand ing how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data ro
321. onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare For USA CAN market use the following pressures Size Cold Tire Inflation Pressure Front Original Tire P185 65R15 P195 55R16 230 kPa 33 PSI Rear Original Tire P185 65R15 P195 55R16 T125 70D15 420 kPa 60 PSI 230 kPa 33 PSI Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 WDI0394 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself 1 P215 65R15 95H 65 t 3 R t
322. or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself TYPES OF TIRES AWARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire tracti
323. or damage FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT Forward and backward Pull the center of the bar up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the bar to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit For additional information refer to Pre cautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in P Park or N Neutral position with the parking brake fully applied Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 ARMREST driver s side only FOLDING REAR SEAT 2 Pull the knob 3 and fold the rear seat back down To use the armrest pull it down to the resting 1 Ensure the rear outboard seat belt tongue is position properly stowed in the rear trim slot next to Stowed position the door T before moving the rear seatback A WARNING p 2 in order to prevent the outboard sea
324. or ex ample if you were directed to dial an exten sion by an automated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR ses sion and returns to the call Say star for Say pound for Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session To reconnect the call from the cellular phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free System l button Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice press the NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Transfer Entry Delete Entry List Names For phones that do not support automatic down load of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth pro file the
325. or when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AWARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again an
326. ort Phonebook By Touch First Name or Last Name to choose how phonebook entries are alpha betically displayed on the screen Use Phonebook From Touch Handset to use the phone s phone book Select SIM to use the phonebook on the SIM card Touch Both to use both sources Download Phonebook Now Touch to download the phonebook to the vehicle from the chosen source Record Name for Phonebook Entry Touch to record a name for a phonebook entry for use with the NISSAN Voice Recog nition System Phone Notifications for Touch Driver to have phone notifications shown in the vehicle information display Touch Both to have phone notifications shown in both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Text Messaging Touch to toggle the text message function ality on or off Show Incoming Text for Touch Driver to have incoming text notifi cations shown in the vehicle information dis play Touch Both to have text notifications shown in both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Touch Off to turn off all text notifications Auto Reply Touch to toggle the auto reply functionality on or off Auto Reply Message Touch to indicate preferred message to be sent when Auto Reply function is activated Use Vehicle s Signature Touch to toggle on or off the addition of the vehicle signature to outgoing messages
327. osition locking the doors with the key fob or pushing the interior light switch to the OFF position Auto relock Whenthe ff button onthe keyfob is pressed all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is per formed Any door is opened A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the switch is cycled from OFF to ON 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments The panic alarm stops when it has run for a period of time or any button is pressed on the keyfob Using the interior light Press the button on the keyfob once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior light in the Instruments and controls section in this manual Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 1 button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time Silencing the horn beep feature If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the keyfob To deactivate Press and hold the and f buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and 2 buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the
328. oss of control or engine damage A CAUTION Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may cause clutch damage Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse When the vehicle is stopped with the engine running for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting depress the clutch pedal fully shift into the appropriate gear then release the clutch slowly and smoothly To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could occur Start the vehicle in the 1 1st position and shift to the 2 2nd 3 8rd 4 4th and 5 5th gear in sequence according to the vehicle speed You cannot shift directly from 5th gear into R Reverse First shift into N Neutral then into R Reverse If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R Reverse or 1 1st shift into N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R Reverse or 1 1st Suggested up shift soeeds The following are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to
329. oster seats of various sizes are offered by cedures several manufacturers When selecting any All U S states and Canadian provinces or booster seat keep the following points in mind territories require that infants and small e Choose only a booster seat with a label Children be restrained in an approved child certifying that it complies with Federal Motor restraint at all times while the vehicle is Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian being operated Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 The instructions in this section apply to booster Check the booster seat in your vehicle tobe seat installation in the rear seats or the front sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat passenger seat and seat belt system 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Booster seat installation A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt in the Automatic Locking Retractor mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child restraints and Booster seats sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat WRS0699 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in struc
330. ota eG ee ud bee 4 3 30 Outside mirror control 3 31 Outside mirrors as aaa aana aaa 3 31 Vanity MINON a s eiaa Be a e we we 3 30 N NISSAN Intelligent Key 3 3 3 11 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer SYSTEM si ma id etaa ma 2 21 3 4 5 10 5 13 NISSAN voice recognition system 4 96 O Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 5 Odometer s ss sr mewe da ee ee ee a 2 5 Oil Capacities and recommended fuellubnicanis e soos oe i or ew ee bw a 9 2 Changing engine oill 8 9 Changing engine oilfilter 8 10 Checking engine oillevel 8 8 ENQING OW 2 42 96 i aa aie eh een 8 8 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil visCQSit ation provided byt tote 9 6 One shot call OA CDOS AL SED 4 78 4 91 Outside mirror control a 4 4 wee ean 3 31 Outside mirrors 1 ee ee 3 31 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 13 Owner s manual order form 9 21 Owner s manual service manual order information oo 4g oe a ae ee eee eS 9 21 Pp Parking Parking brake operation 5 20 Parking parking on hills 5 25 Phone Bluetooth hands free SyS eM aoaaa a 4 74 4 89 Power Power door locks o soe scce koe oa a 3 6 Power outlet a aaa aaa 2 30 Power rear windows saoasaoa a 2 37 Power steering system 5 26 Power windows 505 800s 2 36 Rear power windows 2 37 Precautions Mai
331. ottle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle For additional information re fer to the Fuel Recommendation in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual e The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning mes sage will be displayed if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message is dis played may cause the J Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate If the 1 light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The L light should turn off after a few driving trips Ifthe L light does not
332. ound View Monitor The distance between objects viewed on the Around View Monitor differs from the actual distance The cameras are installed on the front grille the outside mirrors and above the rear license plate Do not put anything on the cameras When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the cameras Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa ter condensation on the lens a mal function fire or an electric shock e Do not strike the cameras They are precision instruments Doing so could cause a malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock A CAUTION Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera AVAILABLE VIEWS AWARNING The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a paved level surface The distance viewed on the monitor may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 If the tires are replaced with different sized tires the predictive course lines and the bird s eye view may be dis played incorrectly When driving the vehicle up a hill ob jects viewed in the monitor are further than they appear When driving the ve hicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear U
333. our vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB input jack is located in the center con sole Insert the USB device into the jack When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 Audio file operation AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If another audio source is playing and a USB memory device is inserted press the AUX button until the center display changes to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing push the ON OFF VOL control knob to restart the USB memory USB XXXXXXXX JY XXXXXXXX KE XXXXXXXX x xx Browse
334. panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seat backs or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wir ing harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or curtain air bag systems The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Seat belts with pretensioners front seats AWARNING The pretensioners cannot be reused af ter activation They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not acti vated be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and if necessary re placed by your NISSAN dealer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the prete
335. pe off ing closing or rotating position When the view is switched the display im ages on the screen may be displayed in some delay When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not display objects clearly This is not a malfunction When strong light directly shines on the camera objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction any wax with a clean cloth that has been dampened with a mild detergent diluted with water 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual A WARNING When parking set the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to The air conditioner cooling function op allow fresh air into the passenger compart erates only when the engine is running ment This should help reduce odors inside Do not leave children or adults who the vehicle would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They OET T a 2 could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals LHA2085 Center vents Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by mov ing the slide as indicated 4 e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as
336. ped with Automatic Locking Retrac tor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Un buckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Forward facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ibs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt
337. pose The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con trolled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment NOTE Engine power may be automatically re duced to protect the CVT if the engine speed increases quickly when driving on slippery roads or while being tested on some dynamometers Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift lever out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion 4 Stop the vehicle completely before moving the shift lever into the P Park position The CVT is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear posi tions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed Starting and driving 5 15 To move the shift lever Push the button A while depressing the m brake pedal D Push the button A to shift gt Shift without pushing button A Shifting After starting the engine fully depr
338. potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test See Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Tech nical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The MIL will come on in one of two ways MIL on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message is displayed in the odom eter and the fuel filler cap is loose or miss ing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The 7 light should turn off after a few driving trips If the E light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer MIL blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled The MIL may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the
339. propriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or for additional informa tion refer to Changing a flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury Starting and driving 5 7 NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related collisions Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix That is true for drugs over the counter prescription and illegal drugs too Don t drive if your ability to
340. putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside edges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the
341. quire the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE HR16DE Type Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Cylinder arrangement 4 cylinder inline Bore x Stroke 3 071 x 3 291 78 0 x 83 6 Displacement 97 51 1 598 Firing order 1 3 4 2 Idle speed M T CVT in N position No adjustment is necessary Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle Spark plug PLZKAR6A 11 Spark plug gap Nominal 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain NOTE This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEELS AND TIRES DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Wheel type Size Offset in mm Unit in mm l Overall length 163 0 4 141 Aluminum and steel 15 x 5 5J 1 57 40 Overall length SR only 164 1 4 167 Aluminum 16 x 6 0J 1 77 45 Overall width 66 9 1 698 Overall height 60 5 1 537 Tire size P
342. r looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 6 14 Incase of emergency 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans miss
343. r inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire Starting and driving 5 3 The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn o
344. r may not be calibrated correctly This will not hinder normal driving func tion but the system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 VENTS OPERATING TIPS The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction 4A CAUTION The colors of objects on the Around View Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual to clean the camera This will cause color of objects This is not a malfunction 4 discoloration To clean the camera e Objects on the Around View Monitor may eo wipe with a cloth dampened with a di luted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth not be clear and the color of the object may differ in a dark environment This is not a malfunction a SAA3126 e Do not damage the camera as the moni There may be differences in sharpness be tor screen may be adversely affected tween each camera view of the bird s eye The screen displayed on the Around View view Monitor will automatically return to the pre fdirt rain or snow accumulates on the cam vious screen three minutes after the CAM era the Around View Monitor may not ERA button has been pressed with the shift display objects clearly Clean the camera lever in a position other than the R Reverse Side vents Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by open Do not use wax on the camera lens Wi
345. r s Manual MY APPS VOICE COMMANDS Many Apps can be accessed using this voice command For additional information refer to NissanConnect App Smartphone Integration in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 99 HELP VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands can be spoken to have the system provide instructions and tips for using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system List Commands What Can Say TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved General Help Quit Exit 1 Ensure that the command format is valid Use the List Commands or What Can Say command under the Help menu 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example with the windows open or the defroster on The system responds Command Not Recognized or the system fails to rec ognize the command correctly NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 lf optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be trie
346. r to help protect the front and rear outboard occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags and curtain air bags will deflate quickly after the collision is over The side air bags and curtain air bags op erate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side
347. rage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones If the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions
348. rake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged e Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident To engage Pull the parking brake lever up To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the N Neutral posi tion Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models Move the shift lever to the P Park position 3 While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button and lower the lever completely 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped LSD2003 Type A ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch CANCEL switch CRUISE ON OFF switch PON gt NS 4 ACCEL RES 2 COAST SET WSD0231 Type B CANCEL switch ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch CRUISE ON OFF switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically To properly set the cruise control system use the following procedures Starting and driving 5 21 AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a lo
349. rate several times Instruments and controls 2 23 AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and ob scure your vision Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir is empty Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reser voir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water 2 24 Instruments and controls REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR if so equipped DEFROSTER SWITCH LIC2116 To defrost the rear window glass start the engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light on the switch comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster HEADLIGHT AND TUR
350. ration Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts For additional information refer to Child restraints in this sec tion The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten sion It can also change the operation of the front passenger air bag For additional information refer to Supplemental air bag warning light in this section AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat
351. rds cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content_and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 E 15 fuel contains more than 10 oxy genate E 15 fuel will adversely affect the emission control devices and sys tems of the vehicle and should not be used Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fue
352. re replacement and or system resetting e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the manual transmission into R Reverse or the continuously variable transmission into P Park 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle In case of emergency 6 3 AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Reverse or the continu ously variable transmission into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance 6 4 Incase of emergency Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel
353. re wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics or inter fere with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been re paired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail with out warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mati
354. red by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when register ing new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key e Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments Sy SPA1951 Mechanical key The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key which can be used in case of a discharged bat tery To remove the mechanical key release the
355. replacement aoaaa aaa a 8 27 C Capacities and recommended TUCIMUDIICANTS e s ea aa e MAS a we a d 9 2 Cargo COVer aooaa es 2 34 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 13 Car phone or CBradio 4 74 CD care and cleaning 4 70 CD player See audio system 4 42 4 47 4 52 4 57 Child restraints 1 19 1 20 1 21 1 23 Precautions on child restraints 1 21 1 28 1 34 1 39 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 25 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 25 Child safety rear doorlock 3 7 Chimes audible reminders 2 20 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 6 cle a s e a a ee er ee ee 4 41 models without navigation system 4 41 Clock S t sai a a ere 4 41 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Cold weather driving 5 31 Compact disc CD players aaa 4 42 4 47 4 52 4 57 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 15 Continuously Variable Transmission CONT MONE x Goce ee etre ee Bok ae 8 11 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT aoaaa aaa aa 5 15 Control panel buttons a aaoo aa 4 4 Brightness contrast button 4 9 Enter DUNO 20 4 need 406 dee e amp 4 4 4 Setting button 4 7 4 45 Controls Audio controls steering wheel 4 70 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 23 Coolant Capacities and recommended TUGIIUDIICA
356. retaining pin counterclockwise to loosen it 4 Remove the headlight bulb Do not shake or rotate the bulb when removing it 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer FOG LIGHTS if so equipped Replacing the fog light bulb If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer A CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope e Use the same number and wattage as Originally installed as shown in the chart e Do not leave the bulb out of the fog light for a long period of time as dust mois ture and smoke may enter the fog light body and affect the performance of the fog light EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Headlight assembly High low Turn position Sidemarker Fog light if so equipped Door mirror turn signal light if so equipped Map light Interior light Cargo light High mounted stop light Rear combination light Turn signal light WY21W Stop Tail W21 5W Backup reversing W21W License plate light W5W
357. ring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Removing or modifying the front pas senger seat may affect the function of the air bag and result in serious per sonal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant detection sensor weight sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the se
358. ront seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to Do not lean against the door extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are A WARNING shown in the previous illustrations Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags Do not lean against the door The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 AWARNING e When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ad Crash zone sensor Supplemental front impact air bag mod ules Air bag Control Unit ACU Occupant detection sensor weight sensor located in passenger seat cushion frame
359. roperly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid lev els Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the eng
360. rs in the display Press the 4 SEEK or TRACK Y button to adjust the setting to the desired level 5 to 5 Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Fade adjusts the sound between the front and rear speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the MENU button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds Speed Sensitive Volume SSV adjusts the vol ume of the audio system as the vehicle s driving speed changes It can be set as follows OFF LOW MID HIGH DISP display button Press the DISP display button while a CD is playing to change the text shown in the audio display as follows For CDs Running Time Album Title Artist Name Song Title For MP3 CDs Running Time Folder Title Album Title Artist Name Song Title If the text information is too long to fully be dis played on the screen press and hold the DISP button for longer than 1 5 seconds to scroll through the rest of the text Press the DISP display button while the radio is playing to toggle the audio display between sta tion number and RDS Clock operation To turn the clock display on or off press the MENU button repeatedly until Clock appears on the display Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to toggle the setting ON or OFF Clock set 1 Press the MEN
361. ry time a key on the screen is touched eee o Beeps Toggle the system beep tones feature on or off When activated a beep sound will be heard when a pop up message appears on the screen or a button on the unit such as the CD button is pressed and held for 2 seconds Return to Factory Settings Touch this key to return all settings to default and to clear the memory Clear Memory Touch this key to display software licensing information Touch this key to display traffic settings See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual for more information Touch this key to start SiriusXM radio For SXM setup refer to Audio system in this section 1D BUTTON To change the display brightness press the 4 2 button Pressing the button again will change the display to the day or the night display If no operation is performed within 5 seconds the display will return to the previous display Press and hold the 4 2 button for more than two seconds to turn the display off Press the button again to turn the display on HOW TO USE THE CAMERA BUTTON For more information regarding the CAMERA button see REARVIEW MONITOR in this sec tion Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped When the shift lever is shifted into the R Re verse position or the CAMERA button is pressed the monitor display shows the view to the rear of the vehicle AWARNING
362. s 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for in stallation Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0801 Rear facing webbing mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors WRS0802 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 LRS0673 Rear facing step 3 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments LRS0674 Rear facing step 4 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the res
363. s and equipment in your vehicle may vary depend ing on model trim level options selected order date of production region or availability There fore you may find information about features or equipment that are not included or installed on your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications performance design or compo nent suppliers without notice and without obliga tion From time to time NISSAN may update or revise this manual to provide Owners with the most accurate information currently available Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision updates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you have access to accurate and up to date information regarding your vehicle Current versions of vehicle Owner s Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the NISSAN website at https owners nissanusa com nowners navigation manualsGuide If you have ques tions concerning any information in your Owner s Manual contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs Re fer to the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PRO GRAM page in this Owner s Manual for contact information IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury
364. s stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the indicator may flash or the ft indicator light may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and the ft indica tor light may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the ft indicator light may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the R indicator may flash or the indicator light may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the indicator may flash or the ft indicator light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the ft indicator may flash or the indicator light may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing
365. s used in vehicles that are not designed to run on E 85 Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 9 4 Technical and consumer information e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEFEC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towa
366. s intended use in the vehicle iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Bluetooth streaming audio if so While an audio device is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the equipped 7 sin TERR battery power of the device may discharge Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be quicker than usual recognized by the in vehicle audio system This system supports the Bluetooth Audio It is necessary to set up the wireless con Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP nection between a compatible Bluetooth audio device and the in vehicle Bluetooth BLUETOOTH is a module before using the Bluetooth audio trademark owned by Operating procedure of the Bluetooth au 3 Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc dio will vary depending on the devices Make and licensed to sure how to operate your audio device be Visteon and Bosch fore using it with this system The Bluetooth audio may be stopped un der the following conditions Receiving a call on the Hands Free Phone System Checking the connection to the hands free phone Do not place the Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless con nection disruption Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 CD eject button 7 AUXIN jack CD insert slot 8 AUX button SCAN but
367. s may not play cor rectly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc may not appear properly in the display Using English lan guage characters with a USB device is rec ommended General notes for USB if so equipped use Refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device Notes for iPod if so equipped use iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly AniPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is con nected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may mo mentarily black out but will soon recover Ifan iPod automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but will soon recover Monitor climate audio phone an
368. s now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play DISP button When the DISP button is pressed while a CD is playing the display will change as follows CD Track Time Album Artist Track Time CD with MP3 or WMA Track time Folder title Artist Song title Track number dq gt I SEEK TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and hold the SEEK TRACK button 44 or PPI for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an in creased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed PE gt gt SEEK TRACK button Press the SEEK TRACK button M4 while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is pla
369. se A C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerodynamic drag Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A C is on reduces cooling load Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis tances Observing the speed limit and not ex ceeding 60 MPH 97 km h where le gally allowed can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag Maintaining a safe following distance be hind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changes in speed permits reduced brak ing and smooth acceleration changes Select a gear range suitable to road con ditions Use Cruise Control Using cruise control during highway driv ing helps maintain a steady speed Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains 5 24 Starting and driving Plan for the Shortest Route Utilize a map or navigation system to de termine the best route to save time Avoid Idling Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30 60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting Winter Warm Up Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start up to effec tively circulate the engine oi
370. se of emergency section for immediate action required LIC2287 Type A FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates A the approximate fuel level in the tank when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The low fuel warning light will turn on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty LIC2762 Type B The ib indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle A CAUTION If the vehicle runs out of fuel the C7 check engine light may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the _ light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Mal function Indicator Light MIL in this section Instruments and controls 2 9 Type A TRIP COMPUTER Type A When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the trip computer change button on the instrument panel located near the speedometer The following modes can be selected in the dis play 8 Instant fuel consumption Average fuel consumption e Distance to empty 2 10 Instruments and controls LIC2764 Type B Type B When the ignition switch is placed in the ON po
371. se the mirrors or actually look to prop erly judge distances to other objects Objects in the monitor will appear visu ally opposite than when viewed in the rearview and outside mirrors e On a snow covered or slippery road there may be a difference between the predictive course lines and the actual course line The vehicle width and predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course The displayed lines on the rearview will appear slightly off to the right because the rearview camera is not installed in the rear center of the vehicle SAA1840 Front view Front and rearview Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distance to objects with reference to the vehicle body line A are displayed on the moni tor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body Red line approximately 1 5 ft 0 5 m Yellow line 2 approximately 3 ft 1 m Green line 3 approximately 7 ft 2 m Greenline approximately 0 ft 3 m 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA1896 Rearview Vehicle width guide lines 6 Indicate the vehicle width when backing up Predictive course lines Indicate the predictive course when operating the vehicle The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the steering wheel is turned The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will no
372. seat heater by such people could result in seri Ous injury A CAUTION The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running e Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cush ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth e When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH OFF LIC1548 The vehicle should be driven with the VDC system on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power Is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The 8 indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system For
373. senger seat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant detection sensors can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF The front passenger seat belt sensor is designed to detect if the seat belt is buckled Based on the weight on the seat detected by the occupant detection sensor and the buckle state the Ad vanced Air Bag System determines whether the front passenger air bag should be automatically turned OFF as required by the regulations Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen 1 51 ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cush ion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effec tive protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupan
374. sition Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and there fore must not be used in the front seat 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints headrests in this sec tion for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 WRS0680 Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installation only See In stalling top tether str
375. sition modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the menu button on the steering wheel The following modes can be selected in the dis play Instant fuel consumption Average fuel consumption Distance to empty Average speed Travel time Instant fuel consumption The instant fuel consumption mode shows the instant fuel economy The display updates in stantly when driving Average fuel consumption mpg or liter 1 0Okm The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pressing the trip or change button for more than approximately 1 second The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 mi 500 m after a reset the display shows Distance to empty The distance to empty mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The range is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The distance to empty includes a low range warning feature when the fuel level is low the distance to empty is automatically selected and the digits blink in order to draw the driver s atten tion Press the trip computer change button if you wish to return to the mode that was selected before the warning occurred When the fuel level drops even lower the dis tance to empty will display Trip computer reset Type A Push
376. sition is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system For non adjustable head restraint headrest Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position Raise To raise the head restraint headrest pull it up Make sure the head restraint headrest Is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position Lower To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint headrest down Make sure the head restraint headrest Is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 SEAT BELTS i a6 E Sit upright and well back PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories spec
377. ss of vehicle control and result in an accident A CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off imme diately Failure to do so may cause engine damage 5 22 Starting and driving CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the ON OFF switch The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel comes on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel comes on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button the CRUISE in dicator light in the instrument panel goes out Tap the brake pedal the CRUISE indicator light goes out Push the ON OFF switch The CRUISE indi cator light in the instrument pan
378. stering your vehicle in another COUNWY swsnceeecasteddeeee ebesss eseaeees 9 10 Vehicle identification s5 2 20 lt 06s Goede wemnaen Haetaera 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle identification number Chassis MUMDED neene lt G4akeecaisebeeseteseuqaie 9 10 Engine serial number 2 222005 9 11 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 11 Tire and loading information label 9 12 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Installing front license plate 9 13 Vehicle loading information 00000e eae 9 13 TE 66 psedcee dese ndseatecedenseadaceacideune 9 13 Determining vehicle load capacity 9 14 Loading TiS 22eee 2 ys oftis cence nie sseunseceesas 9 16 Measurement of weights 5 9 16 TOWING a Wael soc sees eceereeegeenes eee seeeseaecoe 9 17 Plan OWING earen EEEE ENAN A ENARA 9 17 Uniform tire quality grading wa ec2 seaeks ecncewe one 9 17 Emission control system warranty s 9 18 Reporting safety defects 0 cece eee eee 9 19 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 20 Event Data Recorders EDR 0 cece nanna 9 90 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 21 RECOMMENDED FLUIDS LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may
379. straints sections before installing a child re straint NISSAN does not recommend the use of the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2398 Forward facing webbing mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point For additional information refer to In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor 1 31 If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restrai
380. sure warning is also displayed in the odometer Type A When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and ad just the tire pressure of all 4 tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pres sure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pres sure Type B When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and ad just the tire pressure of the corresponding tire that is blinking in trip computer to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pres sure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pres sure The low tire pressure warning light remains illu minated until the tires are inflated to the recom mended COLD tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message
381. system air bag system and or the pre tensioners may not function properly For addi tional details see Supplemental restraint sys tem in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner systems will not op erate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS oo Continuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator light if so equipped When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the indicator light shows the shift lever position See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual 2 18 Instruments and controls CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational Engine start operation indicator if so equipped For vehicles equipped with push button ignition this indicator illuminates when the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF ACC or ON position with the shift lever in the P Park position This indicator means that the engine wil
382. t is in the ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0762 Rear facing step 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt LRS2397 Rear facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child re
383. t Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts 6 In case of emergency Emergency engine shut off Push button ignition models only 0000ee 6 2 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 02 0000 6 2 ANa EEE EE A eene es pees ee santas eect 6 3 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS if so equipped once oe stine eas ededmwdeedontwna 6 3 CHANGING a flat tire lt ccaeetiarsscsaawer vs iro iunes 6 3 JUMP Staing 4224 cee ee Cee tep hones EAA 6 11 PUG MSI aN NG goatee eee E cea ease nese 6 13 lf your vehicle overheats 02 00200 eee eee 6 13 TOWING VOUCVONICICs 12 esenecteuehonsdersn aeereuns 6 14 Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 15 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle
384. t detection sensor is designed to operate as de scribed above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant detection sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag Is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen ger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat proper
385. t be displayed while the steering wheel is straight ahead The front view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 6 mph 10 km h NOTE When the monitor displays the front view and the steering wheel turns about 90 de grees or less from the neutral position both the right and left predictive course lines are displayed When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or more a line is displayed only on the opposite side of the turn Bird s eye view The bird s eye view shows the overhead view of the vehicle which helps confirm the vehicle posi tion and the predicted course to a parking space The vehicle icon shows the position of the vehicle Note that the distance between objects viewed in the bird s eye view differs from the actual distance The areas that the cameras cannot cover 2 are indicated in black After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the non viewable area 2 is highlighted in yellow for three seconds after the bird s eye view is displayed In addition the non viewable corners are displayed in red and blink for the first three seconds to remind the driver to be cautious AWARNING e Objects in the bird s eye view will ap pear further than the actual distance because the bird s eye view is a pseudo view that is processed by combining the views from the cameras on the outside mirrors the front and the rear of the vehicle Tall objects suc
386. t belt Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo Resting position from getting caught behind the rear seat area or on the rear seat when it is in the back fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system HEAD RESTRAINTS HEADRESTS Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury AWARNING Head restraints headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against in jury in certain rear end collisions Adjust able head restraints headrests must be adjusted properly as specified in this sec tion Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint headrest stalks or remove the head restraint headrest Do not use the seat if the head restraint headrest has been removed If Center armrest if so equipped the head restraint headrest was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to fol low these instructions can reduce the ef fectiveness of the head restraints headrests This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision
387. t in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPD2045 Type B Remote keyless entry keyfob if so equipped 1 Integrated door lock keyfob 2 Key number plate A CAUTION Do not leave the ignition key inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it 1 Two Intelligent Keys 2 Mechanical keys inside Intelligent Keys 3 Key number plate NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intel ligent Key system components and NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System components Never leave these keys in the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registe
388. t place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli gent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key operating range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch 4 If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you and then lock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will
389. talyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region For additional information see Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual COLD TIRE PRESSURE See Tire and Loading Information label The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 mi 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule information found in the St
390. tart without the use of a registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch placed in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices FCC Notice For USA This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS _ standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this devi
391. tended chil dren could become involved in serious GROCERY HOOKS accidents 1 Window lock button The grocery hooks allow for standard size plastic The power windows operate when the ignition ee dome re pew grocery bags to hang side by side switch is placed in the ON position or fora 3 Front passenger s side window switch period of time after the ignition switch is placedin 4 Right rear passenger s window switch A CAUTION the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s 5 Left rear passenger s window switch door is opened during this period of time the 6 Driver s side automatic switch Do not apply a total load of more than power to the windows is canceled 6 6 Ibs 3 kg to a single grocery hook 2 36 Instruments and controls Driver s side power window switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the front and rear passenger windows To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release the switch Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window push the switch and hold it down To close the window pull the switch up Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hol
392. terior lights 8 27 Wheels and tires wc 2 cea dedetsedddese stent e seus cna 8 30 Tire PICSSUIG 440 05 cc0650c0gan0ee8asheneans and 8 30 T We ADOH c 4s eaccedeu Geteeuteneeaeeens ene 8 34 Types Ol GOS ec tceeaeeeccerercesedaruceeesas 8 36 Tre CHONG e aes tte adh oeecee he seete see ee cee h es 8 37 Changing wheels and tires 0 cece eee 8 37 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your NISSAN has been designed to have mini mum maintenance requirements with long ser vice intervals to save you both time and money however some day to day and regular mainte nance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emis sions and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance Is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op
393. the 2 vehicles to touch lustrated 6 12 Incase of emergency A CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jump started A CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 7 After starting the engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid PUSH STARTING A CAUTION Do not push start this vehicle The 3 way catalyst may be damaged Continuously Variable Transmission CVT and Manual Transmission models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause trans mission damage For manual transmission models never try to start the vehicle by towing it When the engine starts the forward surge could cause the
394. the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands 1 Press the l button 2 Say Call and then a name in the vehicle phonebook to call that entry Otherwise say Phone to access various phone com mands If the Bluetooth has been set to Off the system announces Bluetooth is off Would you like to turn Bluetooth on If no phone is connected to the system and the vehicle is stationary the system announces There is no phone connected Would you like to connect a phone now Say Yes to connect a phone All further Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands are only available if a phone is connected If a phone is connected and Bluetooth is set to On the following voice commands are available Call a name Speak the name of the contact in which you are trying to call System will confirm correct contact Say Dial to initiate dialing Dial Number Allows for up to 24 digits to be dialed After the number is entered say Dial to initiate dialing Say Correction to correct the num ber entered Say Go Back to return to the main menu List Phonebook Starting with the first alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook the system prompts for an additional command Say Dial to call the number of the phonebook entry Say Send Text to send a text message to the number of the phonebook entry Say Next Entry to skip to t
395. the RPT button is pressed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Repeat Off 1 Track Repeat All Repeat Repeat Off 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated All Repeat all songs in the current list are re peated Repeat Off no repeat play pattern is applied RDM RANDOM When the RDM button is pressed while a track Is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Shuffle Off Track Shuffle Album Shuffle Shuffle Off Track Shuffle the tracks in the current list will be played randomly Album Shuffle the albums in the current list will be played randomly Shuffle Off no random play pattern is applied S BACK button When the BACK button is pressed it re turns to the previous menu iPod PLAYER OPERATION WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cov
396. the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi tion a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle NISSAN Intelligent Key door buzzer if so equipped The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if any one of the following improper operations is found The ignition switch is not returned to the LOCK position when locking the doors The Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle when locking the doors The Intelligent Key is taken outside the ve hicle when operating the vehicle Any doors are not closed securely when locking the doors When the buzzer sounds be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key See NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section Parking brake reminder chime A chime sounds if the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven The chime will stop if the parking brake is released or the vehicle speed returns to zero SECURITY SYSTEMS NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM if so equipped The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to s
397. the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Depending on how the audio files are encoded information such as Folder Song and Artist will be displayed The track number and number of total tracks in the folder are displayed on the screen as well dq gt I SEEK CAT Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the SEEK CAT buttons 4 or PPI for 1 5 seconds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast for warding When the button is released the audio file returns to normal play speed 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems lt lt gt gt I SEEK CAT buttons Press the SEEK CAT button M4 while an au dio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK CAT button M4 several times to skip backward several tracks Press the SEEK CAT button P while an au dio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK CAT button PPI several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played RDM random button When the RDM button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows All Random 1 Folder Random OFF All Random all tracks on the U
398. the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 or via e mail at nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at information centre nissancanada com If you prefer visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information Information Provided by DE ANL SR 0 illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 Instrument Panel 2 olasserdeveetacateeresredeks 0 6 EXIGrOr MONT e owe e ohn nee see AAE EEA ANNE 0 3 Engine compartment check locations 5 0 7 iee EE E A E E T 0 4 Warning indicator lights n
399. the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the power steering warning light illumi nates After starting the engine the power steer ing warning light turns off This indicates the power steering system is operational If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the power steering warning light illumi nates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steer ing effort is required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds For additional information refer to Power steer ing in the Starting and driving section P position selecting warning light for models with NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped The light blinks red and the warning buzzer sounds if you are outside of the vehicle with the Intelligent Key and the engine is off but the shift lever is not in the P Park position When the warning light blinks place the ignition switch in the ON position move the shift lever to the P Park position then place the ignition switch in the LOCK position A Seat belt warning light and r chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates wh
400. the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright p F it Check if the disc is scratched or dirty oor soun ali Dt Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the Music cuts off or skips ae N specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there next song when playing will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were writt
401. the text mes SC a sage again Connect New Device 2 Touch the Settings key Previous Text Select Connected Device 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key Speak this command to move to the previ Rapt cs Connected Davina ous text message if available Delete Connected Device Next Text Speak this command to move to the next text message if available NOTE Text messages are only displayed if the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h Phone Settings See Phone settings in this section for more information Connect New Device Touch to connect a new Bluetooth device to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Replace Connected Device Touch to replace a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Delete Connected Device Touch to delete a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Bluetooth Touch to toggle Bluetooth on and off Select Connected Device Touch to choose a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 4 94 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems PHONE SETTINGS To access the phone settings h Press the ars m button Touch the Settings key Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key Touch the Phone Settings key and adjust the following settings as desired S
402. tion refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Phonebook phones with automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Say a Name List Names Record Name For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth profile the Phonebook command is used to manage entries in the vehicle phonebook You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry The phonebook stores up to 1 000 names for each phone connected to the system When a phone is connecte
403. tion of the vehicle Available views Bird s Eye View The surrounding view of the vehicle from above Front Side View The view around and ahead of the front passenger s side wheel Front View An approximately 150 degree view of the front of the vehicle Front Wide View An approximately 180 degree view of the front of the vehicle Rearview An approximately 150 degree view of the rear of the vehicle Rear Wide View An approximately 180 degree view of the rear of the vehicle The system is designed as an aid to the driver in situations such as slot parking or parallel parking There are some areas where the system will not show objects and the system does not warn of moving objects When in the front or rearview display an object below the bumper or on the ground may not be viewed 1 When in the bird s eye view a tall object near the seam of the camera viewing areas will not appear in the monitor 2 AWARNING The Around View Monitor is a conve nience feature It is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation because it has areas where objects cannot be viewed Always look out the windows and check to be sure that it is safe to move The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneuvers e Do not use the Around View Monitor with the outside mirror in the stored position and make sure that the hatch is securely closed when operating the vehicle using the Ar
404. tions LRSO0454 Front passenger position The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head _ restraint headrest when the booster seat is removed For additional information refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat 4 Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routing 5 Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing 6 Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with retractor in this section
405. tive volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the ve hicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume increases in relation to vehicle speed AUX Volume Level Controls the volume level of incoming sound when an auxiliary device is connected to the system Available options are Low Quiet Medium and High Loud Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the AUDIO control knob and turning it to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the AUDIO button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 SXM settings To view the SXM settings 1 Press the arPrs button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the SXM key The signal strength activation status and other information are displayed on the screen FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator ST is shown on the screen
406. to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once Is called a multisession e ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag infor mation is displayed on the Artist song title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Micro soft Corporation of the USA 4 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems FOLDER MP3 or WMA WHA1078 Playback order chart Playback order Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display lf there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playbac
407. to advance one track Press the seek button PP several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played AUX button The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any stan dard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a com patible device plugged into the AUX IN jack A EJECT button When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played If the disc is not removed within 10 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For additional information about the iPod player available with this system refer to iPod player operation with Navigation System in this section For additional information about the USB Uni versal Serial Bus connection port available with this system refer to USB Universal Serial Bus connection port models with Navigation Sys tem in this section For additional information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system refer to Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation System in this section USB INTERFACE models without Navigation System if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB input jack AWARNING Do not conn
408. to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to delete Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also delete the phonebook for that phone Replace Phone Use the Replace Phone command to replace an existing phone pairing with a new phone The system will keep all voice tags assigned to your phonebook Bluetooth OFF Use the Bluetooth OFF command to prevent a wireless connection to your phone Phonebook Download OFF Use the Phonebook Download OFF command to turn off the automatic downloading of the hand set phonebook to the available if supported by the cellular phone When the command is rec ognized Sync Contacts OFF will appear on the audio display Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 To turn the feature back on say Phonebook Down load When the command is recognized Sync Contacts ON will appear on the audio display Display Settings Use the Display Settings command to control where incoming Call notifications are displayed in the vehicle Say Driver Only to have call notifi cations shown on the vehicle information display only Say Both to have call notifications shown on both the vehicle information display and the center audio display To turn the feature back on say Phonebook Down load When the command is recognized Sync Contacts ON will appear on the audio display VOICE ADAPTATION VA
409. ton 9 CD button DISP button 10 AM button RPT RDM button 11 FM button TUNE FOLDER knob MENU button 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 12 VOL volume control knob power button 13 Station select 1 6 buttons 14 TRACK Y button 15 amp SEEK button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type A if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL volume control knob power button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position then press the VOL volume control knob power button If you listen to the radio with the engine not running place the igni tion in the ACC position The mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing When no CD is loaded the radio comes on Pressing the VOL volume control knob power button again turns the sys tem off Turn the VOL volume control knob power button to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume MENU button Bass Treble Balance Fade Speed Sensitive Volume and Clock Press the MENU button to change the mode as follows Bass Treble Balance Fade Spd Sen Vol Speed Sensitive Volume AUX IN Volume Clock Clock Adjust To adjust the Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the MENU button until the desired mode appea
410. traction control system is operating thus alerting that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on 2 20 instruments and controls B Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light This indicator light comes on when the VDC off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the VDC system is not operating Push the VDC off switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally For additional information refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driv ing section of this manual The VDC light also comes on when you place the ignition switch in the ON position The light will turn off after about two seconds if the system Is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the ff indicator light while you are driving have the VDC system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the VDC system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating but this is normal AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have
411. traint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 4 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING The three point seat belt with Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child ina sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front pas senger air bag For additional informa tion refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section When installing a child restraint system in the rear center position both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured For ad ditional information refer to Attaching the center seat belt in this section WRS0256 Rear facing step 1 For additional informatio
412. ts do not illuminate regardless of door position The lights will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the bat tery from becoming discharged A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery MAP LIGHT The map light has a three position switch and operates regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position the map light illuminates regardless of door position The light will go off after a period of time unless the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position When the switch is in the DOOR position 2 the map light will stay on for a period of time when The doors are unlocked by the keyfob if so equipped a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Instruments and controls 2 39 The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The light will turn off while the timer is activated when The driver s door is locked by the keyfob if so equipped a key or the power door lock switch The ignition switch is placed in the ON po sition When the switch is in the OFF position the map light does not illuminate regardless of door position The light will
413. u wish to call For additional information refer to How to say numbers and Making a call by entering a phone number in this section Special Number For dialing more than ten digits or any special characters say Special Number When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to speak the number Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call Back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing 4 82 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the amp button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter commands Help The system announces the avail able commands Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call Send Use the Send command to enter numbers or during a call F
414. uch screen To bring up the visual tuner touch the Tune key on the lower right corner of the screen A screen appears with a bar running from low frequencies on the left to high frequencies on the right Touch the screen at the location of the frequency you wish to tune and the station will change to that frequency To return to the regular radio display screen touch the OK key Tuning with the TUNE control knob The radio can also be manually tuned using the TUNE knob When in FM or AM mode turn the TUNE control knob to the left for lower frequen cies or to the right for higher frequencies When in SXM mode turn the TUNE control knob to change the channel lt lt gt P SEEK tuning When in FM or AM mode press the seek buttons M4 or PPI to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station When in SXM mode buttons M4 or PP press the seek to change the category 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the SXM band 6 for SXM1 6 for SXM2 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the radio band SXM1 SXM2 using the SXM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual or seek tuning Touch and hold any of the de sired station memory keys 1 6 until a beep sound is h
415. ulation control Air flow control AUTO HOT bye EE EE Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 LHA3041 COOLING oO lt Air not passed th through heater Fan control Temperature control Air flow control HTT r i Air recirculation control Kiah recirculation et pirate sesso control COLD 4 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual A NISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains refrig erant under high pressure To avoid per sonal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO With the ignition placed in the ACC or ON posi tion press the VOL volume knob power ON OFF button to turn the radio on If you listen to
416. ume changes as the driving speed changes Speed Sens Vol Speed Sensitive Volume Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the vehicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume in creases in relation to vehicle speed Choose a setting from O to 3 to control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume A setting of O provides no additional boost in volume A setting of 3 provides the greatest boost in volume adjust the value Press the ENTER SETTING button again to set the value Select the desired language for the system from the available options Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the ENTER SETTING button and turning the TUNE SCROLL control knob to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER SETTING button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems APPS button Press the APPS button to launch the Smart phone Integration Mode See NissanConnect APP Smartphone Integration in this section for more information about using this feature For more information on connecting your phone see the Bluetooth Hands Fre
417. unning Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health AWARNING Do not expose the battery to electrical sparks flames or smoking Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Explosive gases can cause blind ness or injury Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or severe burns After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Do not tip the battery Keep the vent caps tight and the battery level Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Keep battery out of the reach of children Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 WDI0701 1 Remove the battery vent caps with a screw driver as shown 8 14 Maintenance and do it yoursel
418. urn the ignition switch to start the engine The operating range of the engine start function is inside of the vehicle 4 lf the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru ment panel rear parcel shelf inside the glove box storage bin or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key inserted in the port The ignition switch will lock when any door is opened or closed with the ignition switched off OFF The ignition switch is in the OFF position when the engine is turned off using the ignition switch No lights will illuminate on the ignition switch Starting and driving 5 11 ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ACC has a battery saver feature that will turn the ignition switch to the OFF position after 30 min utes under the following conditions all doors are closed shift lever is in P Park The battery saver feature will be cancelled if any of the following occur any door is opened shift lever is moved out of P Park ignit
419. ury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these ef fects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an acci dent and personal injury If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature ti
420. using the voice recognition system It is possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands This can be especially helpful if the noise of driving makes it difficult for the voice recognition system to accurately interpret com mands The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an eniry from the Phonebook or Recent Calls lists To re activate voice recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END 4 button At that time pressing the PHONE SEND 4 f button will start the Hands Free Phone System Operating tips To enter manual control mode start the voice recognition system and tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will speak Showing Manual Options when manual controls are initially activated To browse the menu options tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will always speak the current menu option De pending on the audio display it will also show the current menu option To select the current menu option press the PHONE SEND amp button To go back to the previous menu press the PHONE END button If the current menu is the Main Menu pressing the PHONE END 4 button will exit the Phone system To exit the manual control mode press and hold the PHONE END 4 button for 5 seconds Monitor cli
421. usly Variable Transmission CVT fluid Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid Multi purpose grease Air conditioning system refrigerant Air conditioning system oll Windshield washer fluid Capacity Approximate Imp measure Refill to the proper level according to the in structions in the Main tenance and do it yourself section See your NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for service Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 will damage the CVT which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid available in mainland U S A through a NISSAN dealer or equivalent DOT 3 NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base HFC 134a R 134a For further details see Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recom mendations in this section Genuine NISSAN A C System Oil Type R or equivalent For further details see Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recom mendations in this section Technical and consumer information 9 3 FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Only vehicles with the E 85 filler door label can operate on E 85 Fuel system or other damage can occur if E 85 i
422. utinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equip ment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manu facturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have ac cess to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per mitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealer ships Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals can also be purchased For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone number and loca tion of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist y
423. ve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel Consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load Technical and consumer information 9 5 API certification mark ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct gr
424. ve the key from the ignition switch Close all doors and the rear hatch Press the button on the keyfob All the doors lock The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pressed with all doors locked the hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked f a door is open and you press the button the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard lights will not flash The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silenc ing the horn beep feature in this section for details Unlocking doors Press the button on the keyfob once Only the driver s door unlocks The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition switch in any position except the ON posi tion The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for a period of time when the inte rior light switch is in the DOOR position with the ignition switch in any position except the ON position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 Press the button on the keyfob again within 5 seconds All doors and the rear hatch unlock The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed The interior lights can be turned off without wait ing by inserting the key into the ignition switch and placing the ignition switch in the ON or START p
425. vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Once a seat belt pretensioner has acti vated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of preten sioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use dur ing a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either dam age or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always fol
426. vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS If your vehicle is overheating indicated by a red high temperature warning light 8 or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Park continuously variable transmission Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner if so equipped Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed In case of emergency 6 13 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage o
427. ver sion 3 1 3 or later iPod Touch 4th generation firmware ver sion 4 3 5 or later iPhone 3G firmware version 4 1 or later iPhone 3GS firmware version 4 3 or later iPhone 4 firmware version 5 0 or later iPhone 4S firmware version 5 1 or later iPad firmware version 4 3 2 or later iPad 2 firmware version 4 3 3 or later Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above Audio main operation Place the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then press the AUX or MEDIA button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the audio system is turned off while the iPod is playing the iPod plays when the audio system is turned back on If the audio system is off pressing the AUX or MEDIA button turns the audio system on and plays the iPod If the audio system is on the audio system auto matically begins playing tracks from the iPod when it is plugged into the jack lt lt gt gt I SEEK CAT buttons Press the SEEK CAT buttons M4 or PPI to skip backward or forward one track Press and hold the SEEK CAT buttons M4 or PPI for 1 5 seconds while a track is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the track returns to normal play speed 4 64 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems RPT REPEAT When
428. verse it may take some time until the screen changes Objects on the screen may be distorted until they are completely displayed When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects This is not a malfunction When strong light directly enters the cam era objects may not be displayed clearly Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView Moni tor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object When the contrast of objects is low at night pressing the ENTER SETTING button or MENU button may not change the bright ness Objects on the monitor may not be clear ina dark place or at night If dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the RearView Monitor may not display ob jects Clean the camera Do not use body wax on the camera window If body wax does get on the camera window wipe off the wax with a clean cloth damp ened with mild detergent diluted with water 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems AROUND VIEW MONITOR if so equipped With the ignition switch in the ON position press the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the R Reverse position to operate the Around View Monitor The monitor displays various views of the posi
429. verse function may not operate properly If this occurs please contact a NISSAN dealer to re initialize the power window auto reverse system If the control unit detects something caught in a window equipped with automatic operation as it is closing the window will be immediately low ered MANUAL WINDOWS if so equipped The side windows can be opened or closed by turning the hand crank on each door INTERIOR LIGHT The interior light has a three position switch and operates regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position 4 the interior lights illuminate regardless of door posi tion The lights will go off after a period of time unless the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position When the switch is in the DOOR position the interior lights will stay on for a period of time when The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The lights will turn off while the timer is activated when The driver s door is locked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch The ignition switch is placed in the ON po sition When the switch is in the OFF position 3 the interior ligh
430. ware ver sion 5 1 or later iPod Touch 4th generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later iPod nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 4 or later iPod nano 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 2 or later iPod nano 6th generation firmware ver sion 1 1 or later iPhone 3G firmware version 4 2 1 or later iPhone 3GS firmware version 5 1 or later iPhone 4 firmware version 5 1 or later iPhone 4S firmware version 5 1 or later Some features of this iPod may not be fully functional Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems iPod XXXXXXXX JY XXXXXXXX KE XXXXXXXX X xXx Audio main operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pressing the VOL ON OFF control knob will start the iPod AUX button When the AUX button is pressed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected press the AUX button repeatedly until the cent
431. witch trip 3 Odometer twin trip odometer trip com computer mode puter 4 Fuel gauge Continuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator CVT models only Instrument brightness control Instruments and controls 2 3 LIC2136 Type A SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed LIC2755 1 Tachometer 5 Continuously Variable Transmission 2 Speedometer CVT position indicator CVT models 3 Trip computer only 4 Trip odometer reset switch Instrument 6 Odometer twin trip odometer brightness control 7 Fuel gauge 2 4 Instruments and controls Type B LIC2763 LIC2139 Type A Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The odometer 1 records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips Changing the display Press the change button to change the dis play as follows 686658 zizela LIC2758 Type B Type A Odometer ODO Trip AW Trip _B Instant fuel consumption Aver age fuel consumption DTE cruising range Odometer ODO Type B Odometer ODO Trip AW Trip _B_ Odometer ODO Resetting the trip odometer Press the change reset button for more than 1 second to reset the currently displayed trip odometer to zero Instruments and co
432. would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the rear vent windows liftgates doors and trunk lids if so equipped closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passen ger compartment If you must drive with one of these open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Turn the air recirculation mode off and set the fan speed control to the highest level to circulate the air
433. y the parking brake and place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on BRAKE or O E 4 O ee If equipped the following lights come on briefly and then go off ABS r E read U 92 If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly WARNING LIGHTS ABS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is opera tional If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance For additional information refer to Brake system in the Starting and driving section of this manual me O This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Brake warning light Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid leve
434. ying to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK TRACK button M4 several times to skip backward several tracks Press the SEEK TRACK button PI while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK TRACK button PPI sev eral times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played S button MP3 WMA CD only If an MP3 WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing press the button once to view the track list and again to view the folder list To select a folder or track turn the TUNE MENU knob to scroll through the folders songs and press the ENTER button to make a selection 4 48 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems RPT button When the RPT button Preset station number 1 is pressed while a compact disc is playing the Repeat mode is toggled RDM button When the RDM button Preset station number 2 is pressed while a compact disc is playing the Random mode is toggled 4 EJECT button When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played Vee i CD eject button RPT button RDM button Display screen SCAN button LHA3017 Type A 6 4 gt SEEK CAT buttons gt gt I 7 APPS button 8 5 BACK button 9
435. your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move Always refer to the proper illustrations for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut 1 or 2 turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground 2 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the 2 notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on firm and level ground To lift the vehicle
436. ys be placed in an appropriate child re straint while in the vehicle When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or colli sion loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle A CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating sur face and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these anchors For additional informa tion refer to LATCH Lower Anchors and Teth ers for CHildren system in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes When se lecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system If the child restraint is compatible with your vehic

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Pvpp - Castilla y Campos    Bosch 2609256333  Stearns Recreational B801 User's Manual  Soluciones para diseño de medios - Panel Compuesto De Aluminio  Ricoh PX    先行手摺【セーフティーレール】  Husky H4870 Use and Care Manual  QCI-AN019 Electronic Gearing  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file